Natixis Funds Trust II

LOGO

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 1, 2023

NATIXIS FUNDS TRUST II

LOOMIS SAYLES GLOBAL GROWTH FUND (“Global Growth Fund”)

Class A (LSAGX), Class C (LSCGX), Class N (LSNGX), Class T* (LGGTX) and Class Y (LSGGX)

LOOMIS SAYLES SENIOR FLOATING RATE AND FIXED INCOME FUND (“Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund”)

Class A (LSFAX), Class C (LSFCX), Class N (LSFNX), Class T* (LSFTX) and Class Y (LSFYX)

VAUGHAN NELSON SELECT FUND (“Select Fund”)

Class A (VNSAX), Class C (VNSCX), Class N (VNSNX), Class T* (VNSTX) and Class Y (VNSYX)

 

*

Class T shares of the Funds are not currently available for purchase.

This Statement of Additional Information (“Statement”) contains specific information that may be useful to investors but that is not included in the Statutory Prospectus of the series of Natixis Funds Trust II listed above (the “Trust” with each series being known as a “Fund” and together the “Funds”). This Statement is not a prospectus and is authorized for distribution only when accompanied or preceded by each Fund’s Summary or Statutory Prospectus, each dated April 1, 2023, as from time to time revised or supplemented (each a “Prospectus” and together the “Prospectuses”). This Statement should be read together with the Prospectuses. Investors may obtain the Prospectuses without charge from Natixis Distribution, LLC (the “Distributor”), Prospectus Fulfillment Desk, 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197, by calling Natixis Funds at 800-225-5478 or by visiting the Funds’ website at im.natixis.com.

The Funds’ financial statements and accompanying notes that appear in the Funds’ annual reports and semiannual reports are incorporated by reference into this Statement. Each Fund’s annual and semiannual reports contain additional performance information and are available upon request and without charge by calling 800-225-5478 or by visiting the Funds’ website at im.natixis.com.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     3  

FUND CHARGES AND EXPENSES

     6  

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES

     10  

THE TRUST

     15  

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

     15  

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITIONS

     66  

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

     66  

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

     67  

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     69  

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

     82  

OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

     88  

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

     90  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     95  

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST

     99  

VOTING RIGHTS

     100  

SHAREHOLDER AND TRUSTEE LIABILITY

     101  

HOW TO BUY SHARES

     102  

REDEMPTIONS

     102  

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

     103  

NET ASSET VALUE

     107  

REDUCED SALES CHARGES

     109  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     111  

TAXES

     111  

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

     123  

THIRD-PARTY INFORMATION

     124  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     124  

APPENDIX A

     A-1  

 

2


INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following is a description of restrictions on the investments to be made by the Funds. The restrictions marked with an asterisk (*) are fundamental policies that may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”)). The other restrictions set forth below are not fundamental policies and may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”). Except in the case of restrictions marked with a dagger (†) below, the percentages set forth below and the percentage limitations set forth in each Prospectus apply at the time an investment is made and shall not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of such investment.

Global Growth Fund

Global Growth Fund may not:

 

*(1)

Purchase any security (other than U.S. government securities) if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in any one industry. For purposes of this restriction, telephone, gas and electric public utilities are each regarded as separate industries and finance companies whose financing activities are related primarily to the activities of their parent companies are classified in the industry of their parents, finance companies whose financing activities are not related primarily to the activities of their parent companies are classified in the industry the Fund’s adviser believes is most applicable to such finance companies, and each foreign country’s government (together with all subdivisions thereof) will be considered to be a separate industry. For purposes of this restriction, asset-backed securities are not considered to be bank obligations.

 

*(2)

Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except that the Fund may make any short sales or maintain any short positions where the short sales or short positions would not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act.

 

*(3)†

Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

 

*(4)

Make loans, except that the Fund may purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objectives and policies, provided, however, this restriction does not apply to repurchase agreements or loans of portfolio securities.

 

*(5)

Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers except that, in the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

 

*(6)

Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities of issuers which deal in real estate, securities which are secured by interests in real estate, and securities which represent interests in real estate, and it may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein.

 

*(7)

Issue senior securities, except for permitted borrowings or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act.

Global Growth Fund may:

 

*(8)

Purchase and sell commodities to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

 

3


Select Fund

Select Fund may not:

 

*(1)

Purchase any security (other than U.S. government securities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in any one industry. For purposes of this restriction, telephone, gas and electric public utilities are each regarded as separate industries, finance companies whose financing activities are related primarily to the activities of their parent companies are classified in the industry of their parents and each foreign country’s government (together with all subdivisions thereof) will be considered to be a separate industry. For purposes of this restriction, securities and other obligations of issuers in the banking industry are considered to be one industry, and asset-backed securities are not considered to be bank obligations.

 

*(2)†

Borrow money except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

 

*(3)

Make loans, except that the Fund may purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objectives and policies, provided however, this restriction does not apply to repurchase agreements or loans of portfolio securities.

 

*(4)

Act as underwriter of securities of other issuers except that, in the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

 

*(5)

Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities of issuers which deal in real estate, securities which are secured by interests in real estate, and securities which represent interests in real estate, and it may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein.

 

*(6)

Issue senior securities, except for permitted borrowings or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act.

Select Fund may:

 

*(7)

Purchase and sell commodities to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may not:

 

*(1)

Purchase any security (other than U.S. government securities) if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in any one industry. For purposes of this restriction, telephone, gas and electric public utilities are each regarded as separate industries and finance companies whose financing activities are related primarily to the activities of their parent companies are classified in the industry of their parents. For purposes of this restriction, asset-backed securities are not considered to be bank obligations. For purposes of this restriction, the Fund takes the position that asset-backed securities do not represent investments in any industry or group of industries. For purposes of this restriction, different commodities are considered to be separate industries (e.g., oil futures would be in the “oil industry,” and an exchange-traded fund that invests in gold bullion would be in the “gold industry”), and investments in companies whose returns are related to the returns of one or more commodities (e.g., mining companies) are considered to be in different industries from the underlying commodities (e.g., mining companies are not considered to be in the oil, gas or gold industries). Therefore, for purposes of determining whether the Fund has invested 25% or more of its assets in any one industry, commodity investments would not be aggregated with investments in companies whose returns are related to the returns of one or more commodities (i.e., an oil company would not be aggregated with oil futures).

 

*(2)

Make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except that the Fund may make any short sales or maintain any short positions where the short sales or short positions would not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act.

 

4


*(3)†

Borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

 

*(4)

Make loans, except that the Fund may purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies, provided, however, this restriction does not apply to repurchase agreements or loans of portfolio securities.

 

*(5)

Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers except that, in the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

 

*(6)

Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities of issuers that deal in real estate, securities that are secured by interests in real estate, and securities that represent interests in real estate, and it may acquire and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of debt obligations secured by real estate or interests therein.

 

*(7)

Issue senior securities, except for permitted borrowings or as otherwise permitted under the 1940 Act.

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may:

 

*(8)

Purchase and sell commodities to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

General Notes on Investment Restrictions

With respect to restrictions on borrowing, the 1940 Act limits a Fund’s ability to borrow money on a non-temporary basis if such borrowings constitute “senior securities.” In addition to temporary borrowing, and subject to any stricter restrictions on borrowing applicable to any particular Fund, a Fund may borrow from any bank, provided that immediately after any such borrowing there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings by the Fund and provided further, that in the event that such asset coverage shall at any time fall below 300%, the Fund shall, within three days (not including Sundays and holidays) thereafter or such longer period as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) may prescribe by rules and regulations, reduce the amount of its borrowings to such an extent that the asset coverage of such borrowing shall be at least 300%. The Funds may also borrow money or engage in economically similar transactions if those transactions do not constitute “senior securities” under the 1940 Act.

Where applicable, the foregoing investment restrictions shall be interpreted based upon rules, no-action letters and other pronouncements of the staff of the SEC. In connection with its compliance with Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, the Fund may treat all reverse repurchase transactions as derivatives transactions subject to the requirements of Rule 18f-4 or treat all reverse repurchase transactions as senior securities subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund.

A Fund may not purchase any illiquid security if, as a result, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets (based on current value) would then be invested in such securities. Securities generally will be considered “illiquid” if a Fund reasonably expects the security cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security.

 

5


FUND CHARGES AND EXPENSES

Advisory Fees

Pursuant to separate advisory agreements, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles” or the “Adviser”) has agreed, subject to the supervision of the Board, to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of and to provide a range of administrative services to the Global Growth Fund and the Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund.

For the services described in the advisory agreements, the Global Growth Fund and the Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund have agreed to pay Loomis Sayles an advisory fee at the annual rates set forth in the following tables:

 

Fund

   Date of
Agreement
   Advisory Fee Payable by Fund to Loomis Sayles
(as a % of average daily net assets of the Fund)

Global Growth Fund

   March 31, 2016, as
amended December
15, 2020
   0.75%

Fund

   Date of
Agreement
   Advisory Fee Payable by Fund to Loomis Sayles

(as a % of average daily managed assets of the Fund*)

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

   September 16, 2011    0.60%

 

*

“Average daily managed assets” means the average daily value of the total assets of the Fund, less all accrued liabilities of the Fund (other than the aggregate amount of any outstanding borrowings constituting financial leverage).

Because the management fees paid to Loomis Sayles by the Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund are calculated on the basis of the Fund’s average daily managed assets, which include the proceeds of leverage, the dollar amount of the fees paid by the Fund to Loomis Sayles will be higher (and Loomis Sayles will be benefited to that extent) when leverage is utilized. However, Loomis Sayles does not currently intend for the Fund to utilize leverage by borrowing.

Pursuant to an advisory agreement, Natixis Advisors, LLC, (“Natixis Advisors” or the “Adviser”) has agreed, subject to the supervision of the Board, to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of and to provide a range of administrative services to the Select Fund.

 

6


For the services described in the advisory agreement, the Select Fund has agreed to pay Natixis Advisors an advisory fee at the annual rate set forth in the following table, reduced by the amount of any subadvisory fees payable directly by the Select Fund to Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, L.P. (“Vaughan Nelson”) (the “Subadviser”) pursuant to a subadvisory agreement.

 

Fund

   Date of Agreement    Advisory Fee Payable by Fund to Natixis Advisors
(as a % of average daily net assets of the Fund)

Select Fund

   June 29, 2012, as amended
July 1, 2021
   0.70%

Loomis Sayles and Natixis Advisors (together, the “Advisers”) have each given a binding contractual undertaking to all classes of the applicable Fund to waive its advisory fee and, if necessary, to reimburse certain expenses related to operating the Funds in order to limit the Funds’ expenses, exclusive of acquired fund fees and expenses, brokerage expenses, interest expense, taxes and organizational and extraordinary expenses, such as litigation and indemnification expenses, to the annual rates indicated below. The undertakings are in effect through March 31, 2024, may be terminated before then only with the consent of the Board and are reevaluated on an annual basis. Each Adviser will be permitted to recover, on a class-by-class basis, expenses it has borne through the undertaking described above (whether through waiver of its advisory fee or otherwise) to the extent that a class’s expenses in later periods fall below the annual rate set forth in the relevant undertaking. Each Adviser will not be entitled to recover any such waived/reimbursed fees and expenses more than one year after the end of the fiscal year in which the fee/expense was waived/reimbursed.

 

Fund

   Expense Limit     Date of Undertaking  

Global Growth Fund*

    

Class A

     1.20     April 1, 2023  

Class C

     1.95     April 1, 2023  

Class N

     0.90     April 1, 2023  

Class T

     1.20     April 1, 2023  

Class Y

     0.95     April 1, 2023  

Select Fund**

    

Class A

     1.10     April 1, 2023  

Class C

     1.85     April 1, 2023  

Class N

     0.80     April 1, 2023  

Class T

     1.10     April 1, 2023  

Class Y

     0.85     April 1, 2023  

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund*

    

Class A

     1.05     April 1, 2023  

Class C

     1.80     April 1, 2023  

Class N

     0.75     April 1, 2023  

Class T

     1.05     April 1, 2023  

Class Y

     0.80     April 1, 2023  

 

*

Natixis Advisors will bear a portion of the waiver and/or expense reimbursement. The Natixis Advisors portion of the waiver and/or expense reimbursement will be equal to the ratio of the Natixis Advisors Support Services Fee divided by the management fee earned by Loomis Sayles.

**

Natixis Advisors and Vaughan Nelson have agreed to bear the fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement jointly on a pro rata basis relative to their advisory and sub-advisory fees, respectively.

 

7


Subadvisory Fees

The advisory agreement between Natixis Advisors and the Select Fund provides that Natixis Advisors may delegate its responsibilities thereunder to other parties. Pursuant to a subadvisory agreement, Natixis Advisors has delegated its portfolio management responsibilities to Vaughan Nelson, which manages the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Select Fund. For the services described in the subadvisory agreement, the Select Fund has agreed to pay Vaughan Nelson a subadvisory fee at the annual rate of 0.47% of the average daily net assets of the Select Fund.

Payment of Advisory and Subadvisory Fees

The following table shows the total advisory fees (including subadvisory fees) paid by each Fund for the last three fiscal years.

GLOBAL GROWTH FUND

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Total Advisory Fee

   $ 635,910      $ 941,969      $ 845,480  

Amount Waived

   $ 144,738      $ 112,467      $ 166,802  

Total Paid

   $ 491,172      $ 829,502      $ 678,678  

SELECT FUND

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Total Advisory Fee

   $ 1,452,815      $ 1,548,827      $ 2,090,197  

Natixis Advisors

        

Fees

   $ 484,272      $ 513,040      $ 686,780  

Amount Waived

   $ 46,887      $ 64,357      $ 46,726  

Total Paid

   $ 437,384      $ 448,683      $ 640,053  

Vaughan Nelson

        

Fees

   $ 968,543      $ 1,035,787      $ 1,403,417  

Amount Waived

   $ 49,199      $ 21,068      $ 50,947  

Total Paid

   $ 919,345      $ 1,014,719      $ 1,352,471  

SENIOR FLOATING RATE AND FIXED INCOME FUND

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Total Advisory Fee

   $ 9,385,866      $ 8,345,950      $ 8,446,989  

Amount Waived

   $ 2,044,745      $ 2,693,694      $ 2,685,753  

Total Paid

   $ 7,341,121      $ 5,661,256      $ 5,761,236  

Brokerage Commissions

Set forth below are the amounts each Fund paid in brokerage commissions and the amount of brokerage transactions allocated to brokers providing research services during the periods shown below. With respect to Global Growth Fund, the information in the table includes transactions that were directed to broker-dealers based on the internal “broker vote” allocation policy of Loomis Sayles as well as transactions that were allocated under arrangements with brokers providing research services. Loomis Sayles has a comprehensive internal voting process whereby the equity portfolio managers, research analysts and strategists vote on various aspects of a broker-dealer’s qualitative services, which include without limitation: research and other services, idea generation, models, expert consultants, political and economic analysts, technical analysts, discussions with research analysts and corporate executives, seminars and conferences (the “Equity Research Vote”). The Equity Research Vote is performed on a quarterly basis.

 

8


For a description of how transactions in portfolio securities are effected and how the Funds’ Advisers or Subadviser select brokers, see the section entitled “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” in this Statement.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Global Growth Fund

        

Aggregate Brokerage Commission

   $ 49,255      $ 24,063      $ 41,436  

Directed Transactions

   $ 62,914,207      $ 53,576,225      $ 92,724,096  

Commissions Directed Transactions

   $ 43,998      $ 23,239      $ 39,526  
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Select Fund

        

Aggregate Brokerage Commission

   $ 103,126      $ 92,961      $ 106,978  

Directed Transactions

   $ 193,149,697      $ 252,006,590      $ 246,854,326  

Commissions Directed Transactions

   $ 82,504      $ 65,812      $ 77,419  
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

        

Aggregate Brokerage Commission*

   $ 40,360      $ 115,893      $ 9,225  

Directed Transactions

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

Commissions Directed Transactions

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

 

*

The aggregate brokerage commissions paid changed significantly from 2020 to 2021 and from 2021 to 2022 as a result of increased trading volume in the Fund’s portfolio and as a result of decreased trading volume in the Fund.

Regular Broker-Dealers

As of the close of the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, there were no regular broker-dealers1 to report for the Funds.

 

1 

“Regular Broker-Dealers” are defined by the SEC as: (a) one of the ten brokers or dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions by virtue of direct or indirect participation in the company’s portfolio transactions during the company’s most recent fiscal year; (b) one of the ten brokers or dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio transactions of the investment company during the company’s most recent fiscal year; or (c) one of the ten brokers or dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of securities of the investment company during the company’s most recent fiscal year.

Sales Charges and Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees

As explained in this Statement, the Class A, Class C and Class T shares of each Fund pay the Distributor fees under plans adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “Plans”). The following table shows the amounts of Rule 12b-1 fees paid by each Fund under the Plans during the last three fiscal years. Class T shares of the Funds have not commenced operations and thus the Funds have not paid any Rule 12b-1 fees under the Class T shares Plans as of the date of this Statement. The anticipated benefits to the Funds of the Plans include the ability to attract and maintain assets. See the section “Distribution Agreements and Rule 12b-1 Plans” for more information.

 

 

9


     Fiscal Year
Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year
Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year
Ended

11/30/22
 

Fund

        

Global Growth Fund

        

Class A

   $ 8,709      $ 16,007      $ 10,817  

Class C

   $ 10,469      $ 14,335      $ 9,867  

Total

   $ 19,178      $ 30,342      $ 20,684  

Select Fund

        

Class A

   $ 32,362      $ 40,646      $ 58,791  

Class C

   $ 55,739      $ 56,101      $ 52,526  

Total

   $ 88,101      $ 96,747      $ 111,317  

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

        

Class A

   $ 550,088      $ 540,300      $ 527,026  

Class C

   $ 1,682,379      $ 1,075,820      $ 773,880  

Total

   $ 2,232,467      $ 1,616,120      $ 1,300,906  

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, the Distributor used the Rule 12b-1 fees paid by the Funds under the Plans as follows:

 

Fund

   Compensation to
Broker-Dealers
     Retained
by Distributor
     Total  

Global Growth Fund

   $ 20,684      $ 0      $ 20,684  

Select Fund

   $ 111,317      $ 0      $ 111,317  

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

   $ 1,300,906      $ 0      $ 1,300,906  

OWNERSHIP OF FUND SHARES

As of March 1, 2023, to the Trust’s knowledge, the following persons owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the indicated classes of the Funds set forth below.1 As of March 1, 2023, there were no outstanding Class T shares of the Funds.

 

Fund

  

Shareholder and Address

   Ownership
Percentage
 

Global Growth Fund2

     

(Class A)

  

Pershing LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     6.12
  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94105-1901

     24.72

 

10


  

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     8.56
  

National Financial Services LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     5.48

(Class C)

  

UBS WM USA

Omnibus Account

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     50.74
  

LPL Financial

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     40.22
  

Pershing LLC

Omnibus Customer Account

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     5.08

(Class N)

  

Aziz V. Hamzaogullari

Wellesley, MA 02481-4819

     99.96

(Class Y)

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94105-1905

     54.57
  

LPL Financial

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     28.65

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

  

(Class A)

  

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc.

Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484

     19.77
  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94105-1905

     10.75
  

UBS WM USA

Omnibus Account

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     15.57
  

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of its Customers

New York, NY 10004-1965

     12.11
  

Pershing LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     6.62

 

11


  

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     5.39

(Class C)

  

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer

St. Louis, MO 63103-2523

     16.21
  

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc.

Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484

     12.20
  

UBS WM USA

Omnibus Account

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     11.51
  

Raymond James

St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1100

     10.81
  

American Enterprise Investment SVC

Minneapolis, MN 55401-2405

     7.24
  

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     7.96
  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94105-1905

     8.12
  

Pershing LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     5.96
  

RBC Capital Markets LLC

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1110

     5.36
  

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of its Customers

New York, NY 10004-1965

     8.48

(Class N)

  

Reliance Trust Co FBO

Atlanta, GA 30357-2446

     95.77

(Class Y)

  

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc.

Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484

     16.36
  

UBS WM USA

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     14.10
  

Raymond James

St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1100

     5.09
  

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer

St. Louis, MO 63103-2523

     8.05

 

12


  

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     11.25
  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     6.24
  

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of its Customers

New York, NY 10004-1965

     6.07
  

American Enterprise Investment SVC

Minneapolis, MN 55401-2405

     5.58

Select Fund

     

(Class A)

  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     16.40
  

Pershing LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     18.17
  

Raymond James

St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1100

     8.09
  

UBS WM USA

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     6.99
  

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of

Customer St. Louis, MO 63103-2523

     5.63

(Class C)

  

Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC

For the Exclusive Benefit of Customer

St. Louis, MO 63103-2523

     31.73
  

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     10.45
  

UBS WM USA

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     13.61

 

13


  

Pershing LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07399-0001

     24.11
  

Raymond James

St. Petersburg, FL 33716-1100

     10.04

(Class N)

  

Acensus Trust Company

For the Benefit of The Marion Institute Inc.

Fargo, ND 58106-0758

     98.34

(Class Y)

  

UBS WM USA

Weehawken, NJ 07086-6761

     5.91
  

Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

For the Benefit of Customers

San Francisco, CA 94104-4151

     11.04
  

Raymond James

St. Petersburg, FL 33716-11001

     5.15
  

National Financial Services LLC

Jersey City, NJ 07310-1995

     11.74
  

LPL Financial

Omnibus Customer Account

San Diego, CA 92121-3091

     17.17
  

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc.

Jacksonville, FL 32246-6484

     26.36

 

1

Such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than the owner listed. To the extent that any listed shareholder beneficially owns more than 25% of a Fund, it may be deemed to “control” such Fund within the meaning of the 1940 Act. The effect of such control may be to reduce the ability of other shareholders of such Fund to take actions requiring the affirmative vote of holders of a plurality or majority of the Fund’s shares without the approval of the controlling shareholder.

2

As of March 1, 2023, Charles Schwab & Co. Inc. owned 47.18% of the Global Growth Fund and therefore may be presumed to “control” the Fund, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. However, such ownership may be beneficially held by individuals or entities other than Charles Schwab & Co. Inc.

Ownership of shares of a Fund may be concentrated in one or a few large investors. A Fund may experience large and/or frequent redemptions or investments due to transactions in Fund shares by funds of funds, other large shareholders or similarly managed accounts. While it is impossible to predict the overall effect of these transactions over time, there could be an adverse impact on a Fund’s performance. In the event of such redemptions or investments, a Fund could be required to sell securities or to invest cash at a time when it may not otherwise desire to do so. Such transactions may increase a Fund’s brokerage and/or other transaction costs. In addition, when funds of funds or other investors own a substantial portion of a Fund’s shares, a large redemption could cause actual expenses

 

14


to increase, or could result in the Fund’s current expenses being allocated over a smaller asset base, leading to an increase in the Fund’s expense ratio. Redemptions by a large investor may increase realized capital gains, including short-term capital gains taxable as ordinary income, may accelerate the realization of taxable income to shareholders and may limit the use of any capital loss carryforwards and certain other losses to offset future realized capital gains (if any). The impact of these transactions is likely to be greater when a fund of funds or other significant investor purchases, redeems, or owns a substantial portion of the Fund’s shares. Furthermore, large redemptions could also result in the Fund failing to comply with its investment restrictions or relevant regulatory requirements. When possible, a Fund’s Adviser will consider how to minimize these potential adverse effects, and may take such actions as it deems appropriate to address potential adverse effects, including redemption of shares in-kind rather than in cash or carrying out the transactions over a period of time, although there can be no assurance that such actions will be successful.

THE TRUST

The Trust is registered with the SEC as an open-end management investment company. The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust under the laws of Massachusetts pursuant to a Declaration of Trust dated May 6, 1931, as last amended and restated on June 2, 2005 (the “Declaration of Trust”), and consisted of a single Fund (now the Natixis Oakmark Fund) until January 1989, when the Trust was reorganized as a “series” company as described in Section 18(f)(2) of the 1940 Act. Currently, each series (with the exception of Select Fund) of the Trust is diversified. The name of the Trust has changed several times since its organization as noted below:

 

Trust Name

  

Date

Investment Trust of Boston

   May 1931 to November 1988

Investment Trust of Boston Funds

   December 1988 to April 1992

TNE Funds Trust

   April 1992 to March 1994

New England Funds Trust II

   April 1994 to January 2000

Nvest Funds Trust II

   January 2000 to April 2001

CDC Nvest Funds Trust II

   May 2001 to April 2005

IXIS Advisor Funds Trust II

   April 2005 to August 2007

Natixis Funds Trust II

   August 2007 to present

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

The descriptions below summarize and describe certain investment strategies, including particular types of securities, instruments or specific practices that may be used by the Advisers or Subadviser in managing a Fund. Each Fund’s principal strategies are described in its Prospectus. This Statement describes some of the non-principal strategies the Funds may use, in addition to providing additional information, including related risks, about their principal strategies.

The list of securities or other instruments under each category below is not intended to be an exclusive list of securities, instruments and practices for investment. Unless a strategy, practice or security is specifically prohibited by the investment restrictions listed in a Fund’s Prospectus, in the section “Investment Restrictions” in this Statement or under applicable law, each Fund may engage in each of the strategies and invest in securities and instruments in addition to those listed below. The Advisers or Subadviser may invest in a general category listed below and, where applicable, with particular emphasis on a certain type of security, but investment is not limited to the categories listed below or the securities specifically enumerated under each category. A Fund is not required to engage in a particular transaction or invest in any security or instrument, even if to do so might benefit the Fund. The Advisers or Subadviser may invest in some securities under a given category as a primary strategy and in other securities under the same category as a secondary strategy. The Advisers or Subadviser may invest in any security that falls under the specific category, including securities that are not listed below. The relevant Prospectus and/or this Statement will be updated if a Fund begins to engage in investment practices that are not described in a Prospectus and/or this Statement.

 

15


Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Securities (“ARMs”)

Some Funds may invest in ARMs. An ARM, like a traditional mortgage security, is an interest in a pool of mortgage loans that provides investors with payments consisting of both principal and interest as mortgage loans in the underlying mortgage pool are paid off by the borrowers. ARMs have interest rates that are reset at periodic intervals, usually by reference to some interest rate index or market interest rate. Although the rate adjustment feature may act as a buffer to reduce sharp changes in the value of adjustable rate securities, these securities are still subject to changes in value based on changes in market interest rates or changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness. Since the interest rates are reset only periodically, changes in the interest rate on ARMs may lag behind changes in prevailing market interest rates. In addition, some ARMs (or the underlying mortgages) are subject to caps or floors that limit the maximum change in interest rate during a specified period or over the life of the security. As a result, changes in the interest rate on an ARM may not fully reflect changes in prevailing market interest rates during certain periods. Because of the resetting of interest rates, ARMs are less likely than non-adjustable rate securities of comparable quality and maturity to increase significantly in value when market interest rates fall. In addition, a Fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying ARM to exceed a cap rate for a particular mortgage. See the section “Mortgage-Related Securities” for more information on the risks involved in ARMs.

Asset-Backed Securities

Some of the Funds may invest in asset-backed securities, which are securities that represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, a stream of payments generated by particular assets, most often a pool or pools of similar assets (e.g., trade receivables). The credit quality of these securities depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. Mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security. The securitization techniques used to develop mortgage securities are also applied to a broad range of other assets. Through the use of trusts and special purpose vehicles, assets, such as automobile and credit card receivables, are securitized in pass-through structures similar to mortgage pass-through structures or in a pay-through structure similar to a collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) structure (described herein). Generally, the issuers of asset-backed bonds, notes or pass-through certificates are special purpose entities and do not have any significant assets other than the receivables securing such obligations. In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of shorter maturity than mortgage loans. Instruments backed by pools of receivables are similar to mortgage-backed securities in that they are subject to unscheduled prepayments of principal prior to maturity. When the obligations are prepaid, a Fund will ordinarily reinvest the prepaid amounts in securities, the yields of which reflect interest rates prevailing at the time. Therefore, a Fund’s ability to maintain a portfolio that includes high-yielding asset-backed securities will be adversely affected to the extent that prepayments of principal must be reinvested in securities that have lower yields than the prepaid obligations. Moreover, prepayments of securities purchased at a premium could result in a realized loss.

In addition, the value of some mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities in which a Fund invests may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and the ability of a Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of the Advisers or Subadviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. These types of securities may also decline for reasons associated with the underlying collateral. Asset-backed securities involve risks similar to those described in the section “Mortgage-Related Securities.” Some Funds may also invest in residual interests in asset-backed securities, which are interests in the excess cash flow remaining after the issuer makes required payments on the securities and pays related administrative expenses. The total amount of residual cash flow resulting from a particular issue of asset-backed securities depends in part on the characteristics of the underlying assets, the coupon rate on the securities, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the actual performance of the underlying assets. Among other things, such performance is influenced by the amount and timing of losses incurred on the assets and leasing and disposition activity of the asset manager.

Asset-backed securities also involve the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations backing them and that the values of and interest earned on such investments will decline as a result. Loans made to lower quality borrowers, including those of sub-prime quality, involve a higher risk of default. Therefore, the values of asset-backed securities backed by lower quality assets, such as lower quality loans, including those of sub-prime quality, may suffer significantly greater declines in value due to defaults, payment delays or a perceived increased risk of default, especially during periods when economic conditions worsen. During periods of deteriorating economic conditions, such as recessions or periods of rising unemployment, delinquencies and losses generally increase, sometimes dramatically, with respect to securitizations involving loans, sales contracts, receivables and other obligations underlying asset-backed securities.

 

16


Certain Funds may also gain exposure to asset-backed securities through entering into credit default swaps or other derivative instruments related to this asset class. For example, a Fund may enter into credit default swaps on asset-backed securities, which are indices made up of tranches of asset-backed securities, each with different credit ratings. Utilizing asset-backed securities, one can either gain synthetic risk exposure to a portfolio of such securities by “selling protection” or take a short position by “buying protection.” The protection buyer pays a monthly premium to the protection seller, and the seller agrees to cover any principal losses and interest shortfalls of the referenced underlying asset-backed securities. Credit default swaps and other derivative instruments related to asset-backed securities are subject to the risks associated with asset-backed securities generally, as well as the risks of derivative transactions. See the section “Derivative Instruments” below.

Bank-Issued Investments

Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in certificates of deposit (certificates representing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time), time deposits (non-negotiable deposits maintained in a bank for a specified period of time up to seven days at a stated interest rate), bankers’ acceptances (credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer) and other securities and instruments issued by domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks.

U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or foreign branches of foreign banks (“Eurodollar” obligations) and other foreign obligations involve special investment risks, including the possibility that (i) liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments, (ii) the obligations may be less marketable than comparable domestic obligations of domestic issuers, (iii) a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding or other taxes on interest income payable on those obligations, (iv) deposits may be seized or nationalized, (v) foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations, (vi) the selection of foreign obligations may be more difficult because there may be less information publicly available concerning foreign issuers, (vii) there may be difficulties in enforcing a judgment against a foreign issuer, or (viii) the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign issuers may differ from those applicable to domestic issuers. In addition, foreign banks are not subject to examination by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities.

Some of the loans in which a Fund may invest or to which a Fund may gain exposure may be covenant-lite loans, which contain fewer or less restrictive constraints on the borrower than certain other types of loans. Covenant-lite loans generally do not include terms that allow the lender to monitor the performance of the borrower and declare a default or force a borrower into bankruptcy restructuring if certain criteria are breached. Under such loans, lenders typically must rely on covenants that restrict a company from incurring additional debt or engaging in certain actions. Such covenants can only be breached by an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, a Fund may have fewer rights against a borrower when it invests in or has exposure to such loans and, accordingly, may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with additional or more conventional covenants.

 

17


Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”)

Some Funds may invest in Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”). CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. CLOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.

For CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since they are partially protected from defaults, senior tranches from a trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CLO securities as a class. Some Funds may invest in any tranche, including the equity tranche, of a CLO. The risks of an investment in a CLO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which a Fund invests.

Normally, CLOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities, although an active dealer market may exist for CLOs allowing them to qualify for Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”). In addition to the normal risks associated with debt instruments discussed elsewhere in the Prospectus and in this Statement (e.g., prepayment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, structural risk, legal risk, default risk and interest rate risk (which may be exacerbated if the interest rate payable on a structured financing changes inversely to changes in interest rates or based on multiples of changes in interest rates)), CLOs may carry additional risks including, but are not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the possibility that the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

 

18


Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)

Some Funds may invest in CMOs, which are securities backed by a portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities held under indentures. CMOs may be issued either by U.S. government instrumentalities or by non-governmental entities. CMOs are not direct obligations of the U.S. government. The issuer’s obligation to make interest and principal payments is secured by the underlying portfolio of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are issued with a number of classes or series, which have different maturities and which may represent interests in some or all of the interest or principal on the underlying collateral or a combination thereof. CMOs of different classes are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. In the event of sufficient early prepayments on such mortgages, the class or series of the CMO first to mature generally will be retired prior to its maturity. Thus, the early retirement of a particular class or series of CMO held by a Fund would have a similar effect to the prepayment of mortgages underlying a mortgage pass-through security. CMOs and other asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities may be considered derivative instruments. CMOs involve risks similar to those described in the section “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

Commodities

Commodities are assets that have tangible properties, such as oil, metals, livestock or agricultural products. Historically, commodity investments have had a relatively high correlation with changes in inflation and a relatively low correlation to stock and bond returns. Exposure to commodities is often achieved through derivative instruments, such as commodity futures, and such investments therefore are subject to the risks associated with derivatives generally. See the section “Derivative Instruments.” Commodity-related securities and other instruments, such as futures, provide exposure, which may include long and/or short exposure, to the investment returns of physical commodities that trade in commodities markets, without investing directly in physical commodities. A Fund may invest in commodity-related securities and other instruments, such as structured notes, swap agreements, options, futures and options on futures that derive value from the price movement of commodities, or some other readily measurable economic variable dependent upon changes in the value of commodities or the commodities markets. However, investments in commodity-linked instruments do not generally provide a claim on the underlying commodity. In addition, the ability of a Fund to invest directly in commodities, and in certain commodity-related securities and other instruments, is subject to significant limitations in order to enable a Fund to maintain its status as a RIC under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). See the section “Taxes” below for more information.

The value of commodity-related instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, volatility of the underlying benchmark, changes in interest rates or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as droughts, floods, weather, livestock disease, embargoes, tariffs and international economic, political and regulatory developments. The value of commodity-related instruments will rise or fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index. Investments in commodity-related instruments may be subject to greater volatility than non-commodity-based investments. A highly liquid secondary market may not exist for certain commodity-related instruments, and there can be no assurance that one will develop. Commodity-related instruments are also subject to credit and interest rate risks that in general affect the values of debt securities. A Fund may lose money on its commodity investments.

Convertible Securities

Some Funds may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include corporate bonds, notes or preferred stocks of U.S. or foreign issuers that can be converted into (exchanged for) common stocks or other equity securities. Convertible securities also include other securities, such as warrants, that provide an opportunity for equity participation. Since convertible securities may be converted into equity securities, their values will normally vary in some proportion with those of the underlying equity securities. Convertible securities usually provide a higher yield than the underlying equity, however, so that the price decline of a convertible security may sometimes be less substantial than that of the underlying equity security. Convertible securities are generally subject to the same risks as non-convertible fixed-income securities, but usually provide a lower yield than comparable fixed-income securities. Many convertible securities are relatively illiquid.

 

19


Corporate Reorganizations

Certain Funds may invest in securities for which a tender or exchange offer has been made or announced and in securities of companies for which a merger, consolidation, liquidation or reorganization proposal has been announced if, in the judgment of the Advisers or Subadviser, there is a reasonable prospect of capital appreciation significantly greater than the brokerage and other transaction expenses involved. The primary risk of such investments is that if the contemplated transaction is abandoned, revised, delayed or becomes subject to unanticipated uncertainties, the market price of the securities may decline below the purchase price paid by a Fund.

In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer or proposal. However, the increased market price of such securities may also discount what the stated or appraised value of the security would be if the contemplated transaction were approved or consummated. Such investments may be advantageous when the discount significantly overstates the risk of the contingencies involved; significantly undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by shareholders of the prospective company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Advisers or Subadviser, which must appraise not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses, but also the financial resources and business motivation of the offer or proposal as well as the dynamics of the business climate when the offer or proposal is in process.

Cybersecurity, Operational and Technology Risk

The Funds, their service providers, and other market participants increasingly depend on complex information technology and communications systems to conduct business functions. These systems are subject to a number of different threats or risks that could adversely affect the Funds and their shareholders. These risks include theft, loss, misuse, improper release, corruption and destruction of, or unauthorized access to, confidential or highly sensitive information relating to a Fund and its shareholders; and compromises or failures to systems, networks, devices and applications relating to the operations of a Fund and its service providers. Power outages, natural disasters, equipment malfunctions and processing errors that threaten these systems, as well as market events that occur at a pace that overloads these systems, may also disrupt business operations or impact critical data. Cybersecurity and other operational and technology issues may result in, among other things, financial losses to a Fund and its shareholders; the inability of a Fund to transact business with its shareholders or to engage in portfolio transactions; delays or mistakes in the calculation of a Fund’s NAV or other materials provided to shareholders; the inability to process transactions with shareholders or other parties; violations of privacy and other laws; regulatory fines, penalties and reputational damage; and compliance and remediation costs, legal fees and other expenses. A Fund’s service providers (including, but not limited to, the adviser, any subadvisers, administrator, transfer agent, and custodian), financial intermediaries, companies in which a Fund invests and parties with which a Fund engages in portfolio or other transactions also may be adversely impacted by cybersecurity and other operational and technology risks, resulting in losses to a Fund or its shareholders. Furthermore, as a result of breaches in cybersecurity or other operational and technology disruptions or failures, an exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities or the entire market, which may result in the Funds being, among other things, unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments or unable to accurately price their investments. The Funds have developed processes, risk management systems and business continuity plans designed to reduce the risks associated with cybersecurity and other operational and technology issues. However, there is no guarantee that those measures will be effective, particularly since the Funds do not directly control the cybersecurity defenses and operational and technology plans and systems of their service providers, financial intermediaries and companies in which they invest or with which they do business and there are inherent limitations in systems designed to minimize the risk of cyber-attacks through the use of technology, processes and controls. Additionally, such third party service providers may have limited indemnification obligations to the Advisers or the Fund. Similar types of cybersecurity risks also are present for issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such securities to lose value.

Debt Securities

Each of the Funds may invest in debt securities. Debt securities are used by issuers to borrow money. The issuer usually pays a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest and must repay the amount borrowed at the maturity of the security. Some debt securities, such as zero-coupon securities, do not pay interest but are sold at a discount from their face values. Debt securities include corporate bonds, government securities and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities. Debt securities include a broad array of short-, medium- and long-term obligations issued by the U.S. or foreign governments, government or international agencies and instrumentalities, and corporate issuers of various

 

20


types. Some debt securities represent uncollateralized obligations of their issuers; in other cases, the securities may be backed by specific assets (such as mortgages or other receivables) that have been set aside as collateral for the issuer’s obligation. Debt securities generally involve an obligation of the issuer to pay interest or dividends on either a current basis or at the maturity of the securities, as well as the obligation to repay the principal amount of the security at maturity.

Debt securities are subject to market/issuer risk and credit/counterparty risk. Credit/counterparty risk relates to the ability of the issuer to make payments of principal and interest and includes the risk of default. Sometimes, an issuer may make these payments from money raised through a variety of sources, including, with respect to issuers of municipal securities, (i) the issuer’s general taxing power, (ii) a specific type of tax, such as a property tax or (iii) a particular facility or project such as a highway. The ability of an issuer to make these payments could be affected by general economic conditions, issues specific to the issuer, litigation, legislation or other political events, the bankruptcy of the issuer, war, natural disasters, terrorism or other major events. U.S. government securities are not generally perceived to involve credit/counterparty risks to the same extent as investments in other types of fixed-income securities; as a result, the yields available from U.S. government securities are generally lower than the yields available from corporate and municipal debt securities. Market/issuer risk is the risk that the value of the security will fall because of changes in market rates of interest. Generally, the value of debt securities falls when market rates of interest are rising. Some debt securities also involve prepayment or call risk. This is the risk that the issuer will repay a Fund the principal on the security before it is due, thus depriving the Fund of a favorable stream of future interest payments.

Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income of a Fund that invests in debt securities for any particular period. Fluctuations in the value of a Fund’s investments in debt securities will cause the Fund’s NAV to increase or decrease. See section “Variable and Floating Rate Instruments.”

Derivative Instruments

Some Funds may, but are not required to, use derivative instruments for risk management purposes or to seek to enhance investment returns. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indices and other assets. For additional information about the use of derivatives in connection with foreign currency transactions, see the section “Foreign Currency Transactions.” An Adviser or Subadviser may decide not to employ one or more of these strategies and there is no assurance that any derivatives strategy used by a Fund will succeed. In addition, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. Examples of derivative instruments that a Fund may use include (but are not limited to) options and warrants, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, structured notes, zero-strike warrants and options, swap agreements (including total return, interest rate and credit default swaps), swaptions and debt-linked and equity-linked securities.

Derivatives involve special risks, including credit/counterparty risk, correlation risk, illiquidity, difficulties in valuation, leverage risk and, to the extent an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of derivatives could result in significantly greater losses or lower income or gains than if they had not been used. A Fund’s derivative counterparties may experience financial difficulties or otherwise be unwilling or unable to honor their obligations, possibly resulting in losses to the Fund. Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce a Fund’s NAV, and possibly income, and the losses may be significantly greater than if derivatives had not been used. The degree of a Fund’s use of derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Code. When used, derivatives may affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions payable to, and thus taxes payable by, shareholders. Although the Advisers will attempt to ensure that the Fund has sufficient liquid assets to cover its obligations under its derivatives contracts, it is possible that the Fund’s liquid assets may be insufficient to support such obligations under its derivatives positions. See the subsection “Certain Additional Risks of Derivative Instruments” below for additional information about the risks relating to derivative instruments.

Several types of derivative instruments in which a Fund may invest are described in more detail below. However, the Funds are not limited to investments in these instruments and may decide not to employ any or all of these strategies.

 

21


Futures Contracts

Futures transactions involve a Fund’s buying or selling futures contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties to buy and sell a particular security, commodity, currency or other asset, or group or index of securities, commodities, currencies or other assets for a specified price on a specified future date. A futures contract creates an obligation by the seller to deliver and the buyer to take delivery of the type of instrument or cash (depending on whether the contract calls for physical delivery or cash settlement) at the time and in the amount specified in the contract. In the case of futures on an index, the seller and buyer agree to settle in cash, at a future date, based on the difference in value of the contract between the date it is opened and the settlement date. The value of each contract is equal to the value of the index from time to time multiplied by a specified dollar amount. For example, S&P 500® Index futures may trade in contracts with a value equal to $250 multiplied by the value of the S&P 500® Index.

When an investor, such as a Fund, enters into a futures contract, it is required to deposit with (or for the benefit of) its broker as “initial margin” an amount of cash or short-term, high-quality/liquid securities (such as U.S. Treasury bills or high quality tax-exempt bonds acceptable to the broker) equal to approximately 2% to 5% of the delivery or settlement price of the contract (depending on applicable exchange rules and the terms of a Fund’s contractual arrangement with its broker). Initial margin is held to secure the performance of the holder of the futures contract. As the value of the contract changes, the value of futures contract positions increases or declines. At the end of each trading day, the amount of such increase and decline is received and paid respectively by and to the holders of these positions. The amount received or paid is known as “variation margin.”

The gain or loss on a futures position is equal to the net variation margin received or paid over the time the position is held, plus or minus the amount received or paid when the position is closed, minus brokerage commissions and other transaction costs. Should the value of the assets in the margin account drop below the minimum amount required to be maintained, or “maintenance margin,” a Fund will be required to deposit additional assets to the account.

Although many futures contracts call for the delivery (or acceptance) of the specified instrument, futures are usually cash-settled or closed out before the settlement date through the purchase (or sale) of an offsetting contract. If the price of the sale of the futures contract by a Fund is less than the price of the offsetting purchase (in each case taking into account any brokerage commission and other transaction costs), the Fund will realize a loss. A futures sale is closed by purchasing a futures contract for the same aggregate amount of the specific type of financial instrument or commodity and with the same delivery date. Similarly, a futures purchase is closed by the purchaser selling an offsetting futures contract.

Futures contract prices, and the prices of the related contracts in which a Fund may trade, may be highly volatile. Such prices are influenced by, among other things: changing supply and demand relationships; government trade, fiscal, monetary and exchange control programs and policies; national and international political and economic events; and changes in interest rates. In addition, governments from time to time intervene, directly and by regulation, in these markets, with the specific intention of influencing such prices. The effect of such intervention is often heightened by a group of governments acting in concert. However, if futures or options are used to hedge portfolio securities, an increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract.

 

22


Furthermore, the low margin deposits normally required in futures trading permit an extremely high degree of leverage. Accordingly, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract can result in immediate and substantial losses to the investor. As an added risk in these volatile and highly leveraged markets, it is not always possible to liquidate futures positions to prevent further losses or recognize unrealized gains. Positions in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be established or closed out only on an exchange or board of trade. There is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange or board of trade will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. Illiquidity can arise due to daily price limits taking effect or to market disruptions. Futures positions may be illiquid because certain commodity exchanges limit fluctuations in certain futures contract prices during a single day through regulations referred to as “daily price fluctuation limits” or “daily limits.” Under such daily limits, during a single trading day no trades may be executed at prices beyond the daily limits. Once the price of a particular futures contract has increased or decreased by an amount equal to the daily limit, positions in that contract can neither be taken nor liquidated unless market participants are willing to effect trades at or within the limit. Futures prices have occasionally moved beyond the daily limits for several consecutive days with little or no trading. If there is not a liquid market at a particular time, it may not be possible to close a futures or options position at such time, and, in the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. The potential inability to liquidate futures positions creates the possibility of a Fund being unable to control its losses. If a Fund were to borrow money to use for trading purposes, the effects of such leverage would be magnified. Cash posted as margin in connection with a Fund’s futures contracts will not be available to the Fund for investment or other purposes. In addition, a Fund’s futures broker may limit a Fund’s ability to invest in certain futures contracts. Such restrictions may adversely affect the Fund’s performance and its ability to achieve its investment objective.

Funds that invest in futures contracts may be subject to risks related to rolling. When investing in futures contracts, a Fund will generally seek to “roll” its futures positions rather than hold them through expiration. In some circumstances, the prices of futures contracts with near-term expirations are lower than the prices of similar futures contracts with longer-term expirations, resulting in a cost to “roll” the futures contracts. The actual realization of a potential roll cost will depend on the difference in prices of futures contracts with near- and longer-term expirations, and the rolling of futures positions may result in losses to a Fund.

Commodity Futures Contracts

Some Funds may invest in commodity futures contracts. There are additional risks associated with transactions in commodity futures contracts including, but not limited to the following:

Storage. Unlike the financial futures markets, in the commodity futures markets there are costs of physical storage associated with purchasing the underlying commodity. The price of the commodity futures contract will reflect the storage costs of purchasing the physical commodity, including the time value of money invested in the physical commodity. To the extent that the storage costs for an underlying commodity change while a Fund is invested in futures contracts on that commodity, the value of the futures contract may also change (even if the Fund does not intend to physically settle the commodity futures contract). While the Funds typically do not intend to physically settle any commodity futures contracts, physical delivery of commodities can result in temporary illiquidity and a Fund would incur additional charges associated with the holding and safekeeping of any such commodities.

Reinvestment. In the commodity futures markets, producers of the underlying commodity may decide to hedge the price risk of selling the commodity by selling futures contracts today to lock in the price of the commodity at the relevant delivery date. In order to induce speculators to purchase the other side of the same futures contract, the commodity producer generally must sell the futures contract at a lower price than the expected future spot price. Conversely, if most hedgers in the futures market are purchasing futures contracts to hedge against a rise in prices, then speculators will only sell the other side of the futures contract at a higher futures price than the expected future spot price of the commodity. The changing positions and views of the participants in the commodity markets will influence whether futures prices are above or below the expected future spot price, which can have significant implications for a Fund. If the positions and views of the participants in futures markets have shifted when it is time for a Fund to reinvest the proceeds of a maturing contract in a new futures contract, a Fund might reinvest at higher or lower futures prices, or choose to pursue other investments.

 

23


Speculative Position Limits.

The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and domestic futures exchanges have established (and continue to evaluate and monitor) speculative position limits (“position limits”) on the maximum speculative position which any person, or group of persons acting in concert, may hold or control in particular contracts. In addition, starting January 1, 2023 federal position limits will apply to swaps that are economically equivalent to futures contracts that are subject to CFTC set speculative limits. All positions owned or controlled by the same person or entity, even if in different accounts, must be aggregated for purposes of complying with speculative limits. Thus, even if a Fund does not intend to exceed applicable position limits, it is possible that different clients managed by an Adviser or Subadviser and its affiliates may be aggregated for this purpose. Therefore, the trading decisions of the Advisers may have to be modified and positions held by a Fund liquidated in order to avoid exceeding such limits. The modification of investment decisions or the elimination of open positions, if it occurs, may adversely affect the profitability of a Fund. A violation of position limits could also lead to regulatory action materially adverse to a Fund’s investment strategy.

Index Futures Contracts

In the case of futures on an index, the seller and buyer agree to settle in cash, at a future date, based on the difference in value of the contract between the date it is opened and the settlement date. The value of each contract is equal to the value of the index from time to time multiplied by a specified dollar amount. For example, S&P 500® Index futures may trade in contracts with a value equal to $250 multiplied by the value of the S&P 500® Index. The price of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the relevant index due to certain market distortions. One such distortion stems from the fact that all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the index and futures markets. Another market distortion results from the deposit requirements in the futures market being less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market, and as a result the futures market may attract more speculators than does the securities market. A third distortion is caused by the fact that trading hours for foreign stock index futures may not correspond perfectly to hours of trading on the foreign exchange to which a particular foreign stock index futures contract relates. This may result in a disparity between the price of index futures and the value of the relevant index due to the lack of continuous arbitrage between the index futures price and the value of the underlying index. Finally, hedging transactions using stock indices involve the risk that movements in the price of the index may not correlate with price movements of the particular portfolio securities being hedged.

Options

Options transactions may involve a Fund’s buying or writing (selling) options on securities, futures contracts, securities indices (including futures on securities indices) or currencies. A Fund may engage in these transactions either to enhance investment return or to hedge against changes in the value of other assets that it owns or intends to acquire.

Options can generally be classified as either “call” or “put” options. There are two parties to a typical options transaction: the “writer” (seller) and the “buyer.” A call option gives the buyer the right to buy a security or other asset (such as an amount of currency or a futures contract) from, and a put option gives the buyer the right to sell a security or other asset to, the option writer at a specified price, on or before a specified date. The buyer of an option pays a premium when purchasing the option, which reduces the return (by the amount of such premium) on the underlying security or other asset if the option is exercised, and results in a loss (equal to the amount of such premium) if the option expires unexercised. The writer of an option receives a premium from writing an option, which may increase its return if the option expires or is closed out at a profit. An “American-style” option allows exercise of the option at any time during the term of the option. A “European-style” option allows an option to be exercised only at a specific time or times, such as the end of its term. Options may be traded on or off an established securities or options exchange.

If the holder (writer) of an option wishes to terminate its position, it may seek to effect a closing sale transaction by selling (buying) an option identical to the option previously purchased. The effect of the purchase is that the previous option position will be canceled. A Fund will realize a profit from closing out an option if the price received for selling the offsetting position is more than the premium paid to purchase the option; the Fund will realize a loss from closing

 

24


out an option transaction if the price received for selling the offsetting option is less than the premium paid to purchase the option (in each case taking into account any brokerage commission and other transaction costs). Since premiums on options having an exercise price close to the value of the underlying securities or futures contracts usually have a time value component (i.e., a value that diminishes as the time within which the option can be exercised grows shorter), the value of an options contract may change as a result of the lapse of time even though the value of the futures contract or security underlying the option (and of the security or other asset deliverable under the futures contract) has not changed.

As an alternative to purchasing call and put options on index futures, a Fund may purchase or sell call or put options on the underlying indices themselves. Such options would be used in a manner similar to the use of options on index futures.

Warrants and Rights

Some Funds may invest in warrants and rights. A warrant is an instrument that gives the holder a right to purchase a given number of shares of a particular security at a specified price until a stated expiration date. Buying a warrant generally can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an investment of equivalent amounts in the underlying common stock. The market value of a warrant does not necessarily move with the value of the underlying securities. If a holder does not sell the warrant, it risks the loss of its entire investment if the market price of the underlying security does not, before the expiration date, exceed the exercise price of the warrant. Investment in warrants is a speculative activity. Warrants pay no dividends and confer no rights (other than the right to purchase the underlying securities) with respect to the assets of the issuer. A right is a privilege granted to existing shareholders of a corporation to subscribe for shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued. Rights normally have a short life, usually two to four weeks, are freely transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the public offering price.

Some Funds may invest in low exercise price call warrants, which are equity call warrants with an exercise price that is very low relative to the market price of the underlying instrument at the time of issue. Low exercise price call warrants are typically used to gain exposure to stocks in difficult to access local markets. The warrants typically have a strike price set such that the value of the warrants will be identical to the price of the underlying stock. The value of the warrants is correlated with the value of the underlying stock price and therefore, the risk and return profile of the warrants is similar to owning the underlying securities. In addition, the owner of the warrant is subject to the risk that the issuer of the warrant (i.e., the counterparty) will default on its obligations under the warrant. The warrants have no voting rights. Dividends issued to the warrant issuer by the underlying company will generally be distributed to the warrant holders, net of any taxes or commissions imposed by the local jurisdiction in respect of the receipt of such amount. Low exercise price call warrants are typically sold in private placement transactions, may be illiquid and may be classified as derivative instruments.

Options on Indices

Some Funds may transact in options on indices (“index options”). Put and call index options are similar to puts and calls on securities or futures contracts except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss at expiration depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When a Fund writes an index call option, it receives a premium and undertakes the obligation that, prior to the expiration date (or, upon the expiration date for European-style options), the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the exercise settlement value of the relevant index is greater than the exercise price of the call. The manner of determining “exercise settlement value” for a particular option series is fixed by the options market on which the series is traded. S&P 500® Index options, for example, have a settlement value that is calculated using the opening sales price in the primary market of each component security on the last business day (usually a Friday) before the expiration date. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the exercise settlement value of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”). When a Fund buys an index call option, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When a Fund buys an index put option, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date (or, upon the expiration date for European-style options), to collect, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, an amount of cash equal to the difference between the exercise price of the option and the exercise settlement value of the index, times a multiplier, similar to that described above for calls, if the exercise settlement value is less than the exercise price. When a Fund

 

25


writes an index put option, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the exercise settlement value of the index and exercise price times the multiplier, if the exercise settlement value is less than the exercise price.

Exchange-Traded and Over-the-Counter Options

Some Funds may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-traded options in that they are bilateral, uncleared contracts, with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options.

An exchange-traded option may be closed out before its scheduled maturity only on an exchange that generally provides a liquid secondary market for an option of the same series. If a liquid secondary market for an exchange-traded option does not exist, it might not be possible to effect a closing transaction with respect to a particular option. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) or other clearing organization may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

For some Funds, rather than transferring margin to and from a counterparty, the Fund’s custodian (or a securities depository acting for the custodian) acts as a Fund’s escrow agent as to securities on which the Fund has written call options. The escrow agent enters into documents known as escrow receipts with respect to the stocks included in the Fund (or escrow receipts with respect to other acceptable securities). The escrow agent releases the stocks from the escrow account when the call option expires or the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction. Until such release, the underlying stocks cannot be sold by the Fund, which could prevent the Fund from selling securities when it might otherwise wish to do so.

An OTC option (an option not traded on an established exchange) may be closed out before its scheduled maturity only by agreement with the other party to the original option transaction. With OTC options, a Fund is not only subject to the credit/counterparty risk of the other party to the transaction, but also the risk that its counterparty will not permit the Fund to terminate the transaction before its scheduled maturity. While a Fund will seek to enter into OTC options only with dealers who agree to or are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to liquidate an OTC option at a favorable price at any time prior to its expiration. OTC options are not subject to the protections afforded purchasers of listed options by the OCC or other clearing organizations.

Index Warrants

Some Funds may purchase put warrants and call warrants whose values vary depending on the change in the value of one or more specified securities indices (“index warrants”). Index warrants are generally issued by banks or other financial institutions and give the holder the right, at any time during the term of the warrant, to receive, upon exercise of the warrant, a cash payment from the issuer based on the value of the underlying index at the time of exercise. In general, if the value of the underlying index rises above the exercise price of the index warrant, the holder of a call warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the value of the index and the exercise price of the warrant; if the value of the underlying index falls, the holder of a put warrant will be entitled to receive a cash payment from the issuer upon exercise based on the difference between the exercise price of the warrant and the value of the index. The holder of a warrant would not be entitled to any payments from the issuer at a time when, in the case of a call warrant, the exercise price is more than the value of the underlying index, or in the case of a put warrant, the exercise price is less than the value of the underlying index. If a Fund were not to exercise an index warrant prior to its expiration, then the Fund would lose the amount of the purchase price paid by it for the warrant. A Fund will normally use index warrants in a manner similar to its use of options on securities indices.

 

26


The risks of a Fund’s use of index warrants generally are similar to those relating to its use of index options. Unlike most index options, however, index warrants are issued in limited amounts and are not obligations of a regulated clearing agency, but are backed only by the credit of the bank or other institution which issues the warrant. Also, index warrants generally have longer terms than index options. Although a Fund will normally invest only in exchange-listed warrants, index warrants are not likely to be as liquid as certain index options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of index warrants may limit a Fund’s ability to exercise the warrants at such time, or in such quantities, as the Fund would otherwise wish to do.

Forward Contracts

As described in the section “Foreign Currency Transactions,” some Funds may invest in forward contracts. Forward contracts are transactions involving a Fund’s obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency or other asset at a future date at a specified price. For example, forward contracts may be used when an Adviser or Subadviser anticipates that particular foreign currencies will appreciate or depreciate in value or to take advantage of the expected relationships between various currencies, regardless of whether securities denominated in such currencies are held in a Fund’s investment portfolio. Forward contracts may also be used by a Fund for hedging purposes to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign currency exchange rates, such as when a Fund anticipates purchasing or selling a foreign security. This technique would allow a Fund to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the investment. Forward contracts also may be used to attempt to protect the value of a Fund’s existing holdings of foreign securities. There may be, however, imperfect correlation between a Fund’s foreign securities holdings and the forward contracts entered into with respect to such holdings. The cost to a Fund of engaging in forward contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing.

Forward contracts are not traded on exchanges and are not standardized; rather, banks and dealers act as principals in these markets negotiating each transaction on an individual basis. Trading in forward contracts is generally unregulated. There is no limitation on the daily price movements of forward contracts. Principals in the forward markets have no obligation to continue to make markets in the forward contracts traded. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which they are prepared to buy and that at which they are prepared to sell. Disruptions can occur in the forward markets because of unusually high trading volume, government intervention or other factors. For example, the imposition of credit controls by governmental authorities might limit forward trading, to the possible detriment of a Fund. Forward contracts are subject to many of the same risks as options, warrants and futures contracts described above. As described in the section “Foreign Currency Transactions” below, forward contracts may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. In addition, the effect of changes in the dollar value of a foreign currency on the dollar value of a Fund’s assets and on the net investment income available for distribution may be favorable or unfavorable. A Fund’s investments in forward contracts may be subject to foreign currency risk. See the section “Foreign Currency Transactions” for more information.

Additionally, in their forward trading, the Funds are subject to the credit/counterparty risk of, or the inability or refusal to perform with respect to its forward contracts by, the principals with which the Funds trade. Funds on deposit with such principals are generally not protected by the same segregation requirements imposed on CFTC regulated commodity brokers and futures commission merchants (“FCMs”) in respect of customer funds on deposit with them. A Fund may place forward trades through agents, so that the insolvency or bankruptcy of such agents could also subject the Fund to the risk of loss.

Swap Transactions

Some Funds may enter into a variety of swap transactions, including, but not limited to, interest rate, index, commodity, equity-linked, credit default, credit-linked and currency exchange swaps. A Fund may enter into swap transactions for a variety of reasons, including to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to gain exposure to one or more securities, currencies, commodities or interest rates, to protect against or attempt to take advantage of currency fluctuations, to protect against any increase in the price of securities that a Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, to efficiently gain exposure to certain markets, to add economic leverage to the Fund’s portfolio or to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another.

 

27


Swap transactions are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to a number of years. Swap agreements are individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of types of investments or market factors. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties generally are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” such as the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. In a typical interest rate swap, for example, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same amount, for the term of the swap agreement. The “notional principal amount” of a swap transaction is the agreed-upon basis for calculating the payments that the parties agree to exchange (i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign currency or commodity or in a “basket” of securities. Under most swap agreements, payments by the parties will be exchanged on a “net basis,” and a party will receive or pay, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.

Swap transactions are sophisticated financial instruments that typically involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. Swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on a Fund’s performance, as the potential gain or loss on any swap transaction is not subject to any fixed limit. A Fund’s successful use of swap transactions will depend on the Adviser’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because swaps are two-party contracts that may be subject to contractual restrictions on transferability and termination and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. If a swap is not liquid, it may not be possible to initiate a transaction or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. A Fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate (or terminate at the time and price desired) outstanding swap transactions (either by assignment or other disposition) or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions.

Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. See the section entitled “Credit/Counterparty Risk” below.

Additionally, U.S. regulators, the European Union, the United Kingdom, and certain other jurisdictions have adopted minimum margin and capital requirements for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions. These rules impose minimum margin requirements on derivatives transactions between a Fund and its swap counterparties and may increase the amount of margin the Fund is required to provide. They also impose regulatory requirements on the timing of transferring margin. They also effectively require changes to typical derivatives margin documentation. See the section “Risk of Government Regulation of Derivatives” below.

Some Funds may also enter into swaptions. A Fund may engage in swaptions for hedging purposes or to manage and mitigate credit and interest rate risk. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. The use of swaptions involves risks, including, among others, (i) imperfect correlation between movements of the price of the swaptions and the price of the securities, indices or other assets serving as reference instruments for the swaption, reducing the effectiveness of the instrument for hedging or investment purposes, (ii) the absence of a liquid market to sell a swaption, which could result in difficulty closing a position, (iii) the exacerbation of losses incurred due to changes in the market value of the securities to which they relate, and (iv) credit/counterparty risk.

Credit Default Swaps

Some Funds may enter into credit default swap agreements, which may have as reference obligations one or more debt securities or an index of such securities. In a credit default swap, one party (the “protection buyer”) is obligated to pay the other party (the “protection seller”) a stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event, such as a default or a downgrade in credit rating, occurs on the reference obligation. If a credit event occurs, the protection seller must generally pay the protection buyer the “par value” (the agreed-upon notional value) of the referenced debt obligation in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable reference obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending upon the terms of the swap.

 

28


A Fund may be either the protection buyer or protection seller in a credit default swap. If a Fund is a protection buyer, such Fund would pay the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract and would not recover any of those payments if no credit event were to occur. However, if a credit event occurs, a Fund that is a protection buyer has the right to deliver the referenced debt obligations or a specified amount of cash, depending on the terms of the swap, and receive the par value of such debt obligations from the counterparty protection seller. As a protection seller, a Fund would receive fixed payments throughout the term of the contract if no credit event occurs. If a credit event occurs, however, the value of the obligation received by a Fund (e.g., bonds which defaulted), plus the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the par value of the obligation, or cash received, resulting in a loss to the protection seller. Furthermore, a Fund that is a protection seller would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because such Fund will have investment exposure to the notional amount of the swap.

Credit default swap agreements are subject to greater risk than a direct investment in the reference obligation. Like all swap agreements, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity, credit and counterparty risks. The notional value of credit default swaps with respect to a particular investment is often larger than the total par value of such investment outstanding and, in event of a default, there may be difficulties in making the required deliveries of the reference investments, possibly delaying payments.

A Fund generally may exit its obligations under a credit default swap only by terminating the contract and paying applicable breakage fees, or by entering into an offsetting credit default swap position, which may cause the Fund to incur losses.

Loan Based Derivatives

Some Funds may invest in derivative instruments that provide exposure to one or more credit default swaps. For example, a Fund may invest in a derivative instrument known as the Loan-Only Credit Default Swap Index (“LCDX”), a tradable index with 100 equally-weighted underlying single-name loan-only credit default swaps (“LCDS”). Each underlying LCDS references an issuer whose loans trade in the secondary leveraged loan market. A Fund can either buy the index (take on credit exposure) or sell the index (pass credit exposure to a counterparty). While investing in these types of derivatives will increase the universe of debt securities to which a Fund is exposed, such investments entail additional risks, such as those discussed below, that are not typically associated with investments in other debt securities. Credit default swaps and other derivative instruments related to loans are subject to the risks associated with loans generally, as well as the risks of derivatives transactions.

Investment Pools of Swap Contracts

Some Funds may invest in publicly or privately issued interests in investment pools whose underlying assets are credit default, credit-linked, interest rate, currency exchange, equity-linked or other types of swap contracts and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements. The pools’ investment results may be designed to correspond generally to the performance of a specified securities index or “basket” of securities, or sometimes a single security. These types of pools are often used to gain exposure to multiple securities with less of an investment than would be required to invest directly in the individual securities. They may also be used to gain exposure to foreign securities markets without investing in the foreign securities themselves and/or the relevant foreign market. To the extent that a Fund invests in pools of swap contracts and related underlying securities or securities loan agreements whose performance corresponds to the performance of a foreign securities index or one or more foreign securities, investing in such pools will involve risks similar to the risks of investing in foreign securities. See the section “Foreign Securities” below. In addition to the risks associated with investing in swaps generally, an investing Fund bears the risks and costs generally associated with investing in pooled investment vehicles, such as paying the fees and expenses of the pool and the risk that the pool or the operator of the pool may default on its obligations to the holder of interests in the pool, such as a Fund. Interests in privately offered investment pools of swap contracts may be considered illiquid and, except to the extent that such interests are deemed liquid under the Funds’ policies, subject to a Fund’s restriction on investments in illiquid securities.

 

29


Swap Execution Facilities (“SEF”)

Certain derivatives contracts are required to be executed through SEFs. A SEF is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute derivatives by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. Such requirements may make it more difficult and costly for investment funds, such as the Fund, to enter into highly tailored or customized transactions. Trading swaps on a SEF may offer certain advantages over traditional bilateral OTC trading, such as ease of execution, price transparency, increased liquidity and/or favorable pricing. Execution through a SEF is not, however, without additional costs and risks, as parties are required to comply with SEF and CFTC rules and regulations, including disclosure and recordkeeping obligations, and SEF rights of inspection, among others. SEFs typically charge fees, and if a Fund executes derivatives on a SEF through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. A Fund also may be required to indemnify a SEF, or a broker intermediary who executes swaps on a SEF on the Fund’s behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Fund’s transactions on the SEF. In addition, a Fund may be subject to execution risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared, and no clearing member is willing to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and a Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of any increase in the value of the transaction after the time of the trade. Similar “trade execution” regulations are being implemented in the European Union and the United Kingdom.

Structured Notes

Some Funds may invest in a broad category of instruments known as “structured notes.” These instruments are debt obligations issued by industrial corporations, financial institutions or governmental or international agencies. Traditional debt obligations typically obligate the issuer to repay the principal plus a specified rate of interest. Structured notes, by contrast, obligate the issuer to pay amounts of principal or interest that are determined by reference to changes in some external factor or factors, or the principal and interest rate may vary from the stated rate because of changes in these factors. For example, the issuer’s obligations could be determined by reference to changes in the value of a commodity (such as gold or oil) or commodity index, a foreign currency, an index of securities (such as the S&P 500® Index) or an interest rate (such as the U.S. Treasury bill rate). In some cases, the issuer’s obligations are determined by reference to changes over time in the difference (or “spread”) between two or more external factors (such as the U.S. prime lending rate and the total return of the stock market in a particular country, as measured by a stock index). In some cases, the issuer’s obligations may fluctuate inversely with changes in an external factor or factors (for example, if the U.S. prime lending rate goes up, the issuer’s interest payment obligations are reduced). In some cases, the issuer’s obligations may be determined by some multiple of the change in an external factor or factors (for example, three times the change in the U.S. Treasury bill rate). In some cases, the issuer’s obligations remain fixed (as with a traditional debt instrument) so long as an external factor or factors do not change by more than the specified amount (for example, if the value of a stock index does not exceed some specified maximum), but if the external factor or factors change by more than the specified amount, the issuer’s obligations may be sharply reduced.

Structured notes can serve many different purposes in the management of a Fund. For example, they can be used to increase a Fund’s exposure to changes in the value of assets that the Fund would not ordinarily purchase directly (such as commodities or stocks traded in a market that is not open to U.S. investors). They can also be used to hedge the risks associated with other investments a Fund holds. For example, if a structured note has an interest rate that fluctuates inversely with general changes in a country’s stock market index, the value of the structured note would generally move in the opposite direction to the value of holdings of stocks in that market, thus moderating the effect of stock market movements on the value of a Fund’s portfolio as a whole.

Structured notes involve special risks. As with any debt obligation, structured notes involve the risk that the issuer will become insolvent or otherwise default on its payment obligations. This risk is in addition to the risk that the issuer’s obligations (and thus the value of a Fund’s investment) will be reduced because of adverse changes in the external factor or factors to which the obligations are linked. The value of structured notes will in many cases be more volatile (that is, will change more rapidly or severely) than the value of traditional debt instruments. Volatility will be especially high if the issuer’s obligations are determined by reference to some multiple of the change in the external factor or factors. Many structured notes have limited or no liquidity, so that a Fund would be unable to dispose of the investment prior to maturity. As with all investments, successful use of structured notes depends in significant part on the accuracy of an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s analysis of the issuer’s creditworthiness and financial prospects, and of an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s forecast as to changes in relevant economic and financial market conditions and factors. In instances where the issuer of a structured note is a foreign entity, the usual risks associated with investments in foreign securities (described below) apply. Structured notes may be considered derivative instruments.

 

30


A Fund’s use of commodity-linked structured notes will potentially be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and will potentially bear on the Fund’s ability to so qualify. The tax treatment of certain commodity-linked instruments including structured notes in which a Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a RIC. If a Fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.

Contracts for Differences

Some Funds may enter into contracts for differences. “Contracts for differences” are swap arrangements in which a Fund may agree with a counterparty that its return (or loss) will be based on the relative performance of two different groups or “baskets” of securities. For example, as to one of the baskets, a Fund’s return is based on theoretical long futures positions in the securities comprising that basket, and as to the other basket, a Fund’s return is based on theoretical short futures positions in the securities comprising that other basket. The notional sizes of the baskets will not necessarily be the same, which can give rise to investment leverage. A Fund may also use actual long and short futures positions to achieve the market exposure(s) as contracts for differences. A Fund may enter into swaps and contracts for differences for investment return, hedging, risk management and for investment leverage.

Interest Rate Caps, Floors and Collars

Some Funds may use interest rate caps, floors and collars for the same purposes or similar purposes for which they use interest rate futures contracts and related options. Interest rate caps, floors and collars are similar to interest rate swap contracts because the payment obligations are measured by changes in interest rates as applied to a notional amount and because they are generally individually negotiated with a specific counterparty. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specific index exceeds a specified interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below specified interest rates, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. The purchase of an interest rate collar entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds or falls below a specified interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate collar.

Hybrid Instruments

Some Funds may invest in hybrid instruments. A hybrid instrument is a type of derivative that combines a traditional stock or bond with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some currency or securities index, another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed-income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be economically similar to a combination of a bond and a call option on oil.

Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes a Fund to the credit/counterparty risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of a Fund.

 

31


Certain hybrid instruments may provide exposure to the commodities markets. These are derivative instruments with one or more commodity-linked components that have payment features similar to commodity futures contracts, commodity options or similar instruments. Commodity-linked hybrid instruments may be either equity or debt securities, leveraged or unleveraged, and are considered hybrid instruments because they have both security and commodity-like characteristics. A portion of the value of these instruments may be derived from the value of a commodity, futures contract, index or other economic variable and therefore are subject to many of the same risks as investments in those underlying securities, instruments or commodities. For more information, see the sections “Commodities” and “Structured Notes.”

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.

Certain Additional Risks of Derivative Instruments

General. As described in the Prospectus, certain Funds intend to use derivative instruments, including several of the instruments described above, to seek to enhance investment returns as well as for risk management purposes. Although an Adviser or Subadviser may seek to use these transactions to achieve a Fund’s investment goals, no assurance can be given that the use of these transactions will achieve this result. Any or all of these investment techniques may be used at any time. The ability of a Fund to utilize these derivative instruments successfully will depend on an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Furthermore, a Fund’s use of certain derivatives may in some cases involve forms of financial leverage, which involves risk and may increase the volatility of a Fund’s NAV. Leveraging may cause a Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations when it may not be advantageous to do so. To the extent that a Fund is not able to close out a leveraged position because of market illiquidity, its liquidity may be impaired to the extent that it has a substantial portion of liquid assets used as collateral for its derivatives transactions. The Funds will comply with applicable regulatory requirements when implementing these strategies, techniques and instruments. Use of derivatives for other than hedging purposes may be considered a speculative activity, involving greater risks than are involved in hedging. A short exposure through a derivative may present additional risks. If the value of the asset, asset class or index on which a Fund has obtained a short exposure increases, the Fund will incur a loss. Moreover, the potential loss from a short exposure is theoretically unlimited.

The value of some derivative instruments in which the Funds invest may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates or other economic factors and the ability of a Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of an Adviser or Subadviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. If an Adviser or Subadviser incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, a Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss. If an Adviser or Subadviser incorrectly forecasts interest rates, market values or other economic factors in using a derivatives strategy for a Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivatives transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of a Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable and the possible inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. In addition, a Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed at ordinary income tax rates) than if it had not used such instruments. To the extent that a Fund gains exposure to an asset class using derivative instruments backed by a collateral portfolio of other securities, changes in the value of those other securities may result in greater or lesser exposure to that asset class than would have resulted from a direct investment in securities comprising that asset class.

 

32


Although an Adviser or Subadviser may seek to use derivative transactions to achieve a Fund’s investment goals, no assurance can be given that the use of these transactions will achieve this result. One risk arises because of the imperfect correlation between movements in the price of derivatives contracts and movements in the price of the securities, indices or other assets serving as reference instruments for the derivative. A Fund’s derivative strategies will not be fully effective unless the Fund can compensate for such imperfect correlation. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to effect such compensation. For example, the correlation between the price movement of the derivatives contract and the hedged security may be distorted due to differences in the nature of the relevant markets. If the price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the hedged security, a Fund would experience either a loss or a gain on the derivative that is not completely offset by movements in the price of the hedged securities. For example, in an attempt to compensate for imperfect price movement correlations, a Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the hedged securities if the price movement volatility of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contract. Conversely, a Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts in a smaller dollar amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the price of hedged securities is historically less than that of the futures contracts. The use of derivatives for other than hedging purposes may be considered a speculative activity, and involves greater risks than are involved in hedging. With respect to certain derivatives transactions (e.g., short positions in which a Fund does not hold the instrument to which the short position relates), the potential risk of loss to a Fund is theoretically unlimited.

The price of index futures may not correlate perfectly with movement in the relevant index due to certain market distortions. See the section entitled “Index Futures Contracts” for more information.

Price movement correlation in derivatives transactions also may be distorted by the illiquidity of the derivatives markets and the participation of speculators in such markets. If an insufficient number of contracts are traded, commercial users may not deal in derivatives because they do not want to assume the risk that they may not be able to close out their positions within a reasonable amount of time. In such instances, derivatives market prices may be driven by different forces than those driving the market in the underlying securities, and price spreads between these markets may widen. The participation of speculators in the market enhances its liquidity. Nonetheless, the presence of speculators may create temporary price distortions unrelated to the market in the underlying securities.

Once the daily limit has been reached in a contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, which may prevent the liquidation of open futures or options positions. Futures prices have in the past occasionally exceeded the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading. However, if futures or options are used to hedge portfolio securities, an increase in the price of the securities, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract.

Income earned by a Fund from its options activities generally will be treated as capital gain and, if not offset by net recognized capital losses incurred by the Fund, will be distributed to shareholders in taxable distributions. Although gain from options transactions may hedge against a decline in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities, that gain, to the extent not offset by losses, will be distributed in light of certain tax considerations and will constitute a distribution of that portion of the value preserved against decline.

The value of a Fund’s derivative instruments may fluctuate based on a variety of market and economic factors. In some cases, the fluctuations may offset (or be offset by) changes in the value of securities or derivatives held in the Fund’s portfolio. All transactions in derivatives involve the possible risk of loss to a Fund of all or a significant part of the value of its investment. In some cases, the risk of loss may exceed the amount of a Fund’s investment. When a Fund writes a call option or sells a futures contract without holding the underlying securities, currencies or futures contracts, its potential loss is unlimited.

The successful use of derivatives will depend in part on an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s ability to forecast securities market, currency or other financial market movements correctly. For example, a Fund’s ability to hedge against adverse changes in the value of securities held in its portfolio through options and futures also depends on the degree of correlation between changes in the value of futures or options positions and changes in the values of the portfolio

 

33


securities. The successful use of certain other derivatives also depends on the availability of a liquid secondary market to enable a Fund to close its positions on a timely basis. There can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Furthermore, a Fund’s use of certain derivatives may in some cases involve forms of financial leverage, which involves risk and may increase the volatility of a Fund’s NAV. Leveraging may cause a Fund to liquidate portfolio positions to satisfy its obligations when it may not be advantageous to do so. To the extent a Fund is not able to close out a leveraged position because of market illiquidity, its liquidity may be impaired to the extent that it has a substantial portion of liquid assets used as collateral for its derivatives transactions.

In the case of OTC options, a Fund is at risk that the other party to the transaction will default on its obligations, or will not permit the Fund to terminate the transaction before its scheduled maturity. See the section entitled “Credit/Counterparty Risk” below for additional information.

The derivatives markets of some foreign countries are small compared to those of the United States and consequently are characterized in some cases by less liquidity than U.S. markets. In addition, derivatives that are traded on foreign exchanges may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, may be subject to less detailed reporting requirements and regulatory controls, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in a Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States, and (v) lesser trading volume. Furthermore, investments in derivatives markets outside of the United States are subject to many of the same risks as other foreign investments. See the section “Foreign Securities” below.

Additional Risk Factors in Cleared Derivatives Transactions

Transactions in some types of swaps (including interest rate swaps and credit default index swaps on North American and European indices) are required to be centrally cleared. In a cleared derivatives transaction, a Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house, rather than a bank or broker. Since the Funds are not members of a clearing house and only members of clearing houses can participate directly in the clearing house, the Funds will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members. In cleared derivatives transactions, the Funds will make payments (including margin payments) to and receive payments from a clearing house through their accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house.

Under some circumstances, centrally cleared derivative arrangements are less favorable to the Funds than bilateral arrangements. For example, the Funds may be required to provide greater amounts of margin for cleared derivatives transactions than for bilateral derivatives transactions. Also, in contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, following a period of notice to a Fund, a clearing member generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time or increases in margin requirements above the margin that the clearing member required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions or to terminate transactions at any time. Any increase in margin requirements or termination by the clearing member or the clearing house could interfere with the ability of a Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Further, any increase in margin requirements by a clearing member could also expose a Fund to greater credit risk to its clearing member, because margin for cleared derivatives transactions in excess of clearing house margin requirements typically is held by the clearing member. Also, a Fund is subject to risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that an Adviser or Subadviser expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf. While the documentation in place between the Funds and their clearing members generally provides that the clearing members will accept for clearing all transactions submitted for clearing that are within credit limits (specified in advance) for each Fund, the Funds are still subject to the risk that no clearing member will be willing or able to clear a transaction. In those cases, the transaction might have to be terminated, and a Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of the transaction, including loss of an increase in the value of the transaction and/or loss of hedging protection offered by the transaction. In addition, the documentation governing the relationship between the Funds and the clearing members is developed by the clearing members and generally is less favorable to the Funds than typical bilateral derivatives documentation. For example, this documentation generally includes a one-way indemnity by the Funds in favor of the clearing member, indemnifying the clearing member against losses it incurs in connection with acting as the Funds’ clearing member, and the documentation typically does not give the Funds any rights to exercise remedies if the clearing member defaults or becomes insolvent.

 

34


Some types of cleared derivatives are required to be executed on an exchange or on a SEF. A SEF is a trading platform where multiple market participants can execute derivatives by accepting bids and offers made by multiple other participants in the platform. While this execution requirement is designed to increase transparency and liquidity in the cleared derivatives market, trading on a SEF can create additional costs and risks for the Funds. For example, SEFs typically charge fees, and if a Fund executes derivatives on a SEF through a broker intermediary, the intermediary may impose fees as well. Also, a Fund may indemnify a SEF, or a broker intermediary who executes cleared derivatives on a SEF on the Fund’s behalf, against any losses or costs that may be incurred as a result of the Fund’s transactions on the SEF. See the subsection “Swap Execution Facilities” above for additional information.

Risk of Government Regulation of Derivatives

The regulation of derivatives transactions and funds that engage in such transactions is an evolving area of law and is subject to modification by government, self-regulatory organization and judicial action. For example, the U.S. government has enacted the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which includes provisions for regulation of the derivatives market, including new clearing, margin, reporting and registration requirements. Various U.S. regulatory agencies have implemented and are continuing to implement rules and regulations prescribed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The European Union, the United Kingdom and some other jurisdictions are also in the process of implementing similar requirements that will affect a Fund when it enters into derivatives transactions with a counterparty organized in that jurisdiction or otherwise subject to that jurisdiction’s derivatives regulations. Because these requirements are relatively new and evolving (and some of the rules are not yet final), their ultimate impact remains unclear. These regulatory changes could, among other things, restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in derivatives transactions (including because certain types of derivatives transactions may no longer be available to a Fund) and/or increase the costs of such derivatives transactions (including through increased margin requirements), and the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy as a result.

It is possible that government regulation of various types of derivative instruments, including futures and swap agreements, may limit or prevent a Fund from using such instruments as part of its investment strategy, and could ultimately prevent a Fund from being able to achieve its investment goals. It is impossible to fully predict the effects of legislation and regulation in this area, but the effects could be substantial and adverse. It is possible that legislative and regulatory activity could limit or completely restrict the ability of a Fund to use these instruments as a part of its investment strategy, increase the costs of using these instruments or make them less effective. Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which a Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent a Fund from using these instruments or affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments, or may change the availability of certain investments.

There is a possibility of future regulatory changes altering, perhaps to a material extent, the nature of an investment in the Funds or the ability of the Funds to continue to implement their investment strategies. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act, has and will continue to change the way in which the U.S. financial system is supervised and regulated. Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act has caused broad changes to the OTC derivatives market and granted significant authority to the SEC and the CFTC to regulate OTC derivatives and market participants. Pursuant to such authority, rules have been enacted that currently require clearing of many OTC derivatives transactions and may require clearing of additional OTC derivatives transactions in the future and that impose minimum margin and capital requirements for uncleared OTC derivatives transactions. Similar regulations have been and are being adopted in other jurisdictions around the world.

These and other new rules and regulations could, among other things, further restrict a Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to a Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund or otherwise limiting liquidity. The implementation of the clearing requirement has generally increased the costs of derivatives transactions for the Funds, since each Fund has to pay fees to its clearing members and is typically required to post more margin for cleared derivatives than it has historically posted for bilateral derivatives.

 

35


These rules and regulations are relatively new and evolving, so their full impact on a Fund and the financial system are not yet known. While the rules and regulations and central clearing of some derivatives transactions are designed to reduce systemic risk (i.e., the risk that the interdependence of large derivatives dealers could cause them to suffer liquidity, solvency or other challenges simultaneously), there is no assurance that they will achieve that result, and in the meantime, as noted above, central clearing and related requirements expose the Funds to new kinds of costs and risks.

The futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations, and margin requirements. The SEC, CFTC and the exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of a market emergency, including, for example, the implementation or reduction of speculative position limits, the implementation of higher margin requirements, the establishment of daily price limits and the suspension of trading.

Effective August 19, 2022, the Funds began operating under new Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, which governs the use of derivative investments and certain financing transactions by registered investment companies. Among other things, Rule 18f-4 requires funds that invest in derivative instruments beyond a specified limited amount to apply a value-at-risk based limit to their use of certain derivative instruments and financing transactions and to adopt and implement a derivatives risk management program. A fund that uses derivative instruments in a limited amount is not subject to the full requirements of Rule 18f-4. In connection with the adoption of Rule 18f-4, a Fund is no longer required to comply with the asset segregation framework arising from prior SEC guidance for covering certain derivative instruments and related transactions. Compliance with the new rule by a Fund could, among other things, change how a Fund uses derivatives and may adversely affect the Fund’s performance and/or increase costs related to the Fund’s use of derivatives.

Additionally, new special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom and various other jurisdictions may result in increased uncertainty about credit/counterparty risk and may also limit the ability of a Fund to protect its interests in the event of the insolvency (or similar designation) of a derivatives counterparty. More specifically, in the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, (or similar designation), a Fund’s ability to exercise remedies, such as the termination of transactions, netting of obligations and realization on collateral, could be stayed or eliminated. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty. In particular, with respect to counterparties who are subject to such proceedings in the European Union and the United Kingdom, the liabilities of such counterparties to a Fund could be reduced, eliminated, or converted to equity in such counterparties (sometimes referred to as a “bail in”).

Credit/Counterparty Risk

A Fund will be exposed to the credit/counterparty risk of the counterparties with which it trades, or the brokers, dealers and exchanges through which it trades, whether it engages in exchange-traded or off-exchange transactions. Transactions entered into by the Funds may be executed on various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges, and may be cleared and settled through various clearing houses, custodians, depositories and prime brokers throughout the world. There can be no assurance that a failure by any such entity will not lead to a loss to a Fund.

To the extent a Fund engages in cleared derivatives transactions, it will be subject to the credit/counterparty risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared position. If a Fund engages in futures transactions, it will also be exposed to the credit/counterparty risk of its FCM. If a Fund’s FCM or clearing member (as applicable) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or otherwise defaults on its obligations to the Fund, the Fund may not receive all amounts owed to it in respect of its trading, even if the clearing house fully discharges all of its obligations. The Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) requires an FCM to segregate all funds received from its customers with

 

36


respect to regulated futures transactions from such FCM’s proprietary funds. If an FCM were not to do so to the full extent required by law, the assets of an account might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of an FCM. Furthermore, in the event of an FCM’s bankruptcy, a Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of an FCM’s combined customer accounts, even if certain property held by an FCM is specifically traceable to the Fund (for example, U.S. Treasury bills deposited by the Fund). It is possible that a Fund would be unable to recover from the FCM’s estate the full amount of its funds on deposit with such FCM and owing to it. Such situations could arise due to various factors, or a combination of factors, including inadequate FCM capitalization, inadequate controls on customer trading and inadequate customer capital. Similar requirements, restrictions and risks apply to clearing members as well. In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a clearing house, a Fund might experience a loss of funds deposited through its FCM or clearing member (as applicable) as margin with the clearing house, a loss of unrealized profits on its open positions and the loss of funds owed to it as realized profits on closed positions. Such a bankruptcy or insolvency might also cause a substantial delay before a Fund could obtain the return of funds owed to it by an FCM who is a member of such clearing house.

The Funds may also engage in bilateral (OTC) derivative transactions, which are not centrally cleared. Because bilateral derivative and other transactions are traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, a Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the contracts. Although the Funds intend to enter into transactions only with counterparties which an Adviser or Subadviser believes to be creditworthy, there can be no assurance that a counterparty will not default and that a Fund will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result. In situations where a Fund is required to post margin or other collateral with a counterparty, the counterparty may fail to segregate the collateral or may commingle the collateral with the counterparty’s own assets. As a result, in the event of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency, a Fund’s collateral may be subject to conflicting claims of the counterparty’s creditors, and the Fund may be exposed to the risk of a court treating the Fund as a general unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral.

When a counterparty’s obligations are not fully secured by collateral, then a Fund is essentially an unsecured creditor of the counterparty. If a counterparty’s credit becomes significantly impaired, multiple requests for collateral posting in a short period of time could increase the risk that a Fund may not receive adequate collateral or that the counterparty may default. If the counterparty defaults, a Fund will have contractual remedies, but there is no assurance that a counterparty will be able to meet its obligations pursuant to such contracts or that, in the event of default, the Fund will succeed in enforcing contractual remedies. Credit/counterparty risk still exists even if a counterparty’s obligations are secured by collateral because a Fund’s interest in collateral may not be perfected or additional collateral may not be promptly posted as required. Credit/counterparty risk also may be more pronounced if a counterparty’s obligations exceed the amount of collateral held by a Fund (if any), the Fund is unable to exercise its interest in collateral upon default by the counterparty, or the termination value of the instrument varies significantly from the marked-to-market value of the instrument. As described above, in the event of a counterparty’s (or its affiliate’s) insolvency, the Funds’ ability to exercise remedies could be stayed or eliminated under new special resolution regimes adopted in the United States, the European Union, the United Kingdom and various other jurisdictions. Such regimes provide government authorities with broad authority to intervene when a financial institution is experiencing financial difficulty and may prohibit the Fund from exercising termination rights based on the financial institution’s insolvency.

Credit/counterparty risk with respect to derivatives is also being affected by new rules and regulations affecting the derivatives market. Some derivatives transactions are required to be centrally cleared, and, as described above, a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit/counterparty risk of the clearing house and the FCM clearing member through which it holds its cleared position, rather than the credit/counterparty risk of its original counterparty to the derivative transaction. Credit/counterparty risk of market participants with respect to derivatives that are centrally cleared is concentrated in a few clearing houses, and it is not clear how an insolvency proceeding of a clearing house would be conducted and what impact an insolvency of a clearing house would have on the financial system. A clearing member is obligated by contract and by applicable regulation to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to cleared derivatives transactions from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers generally are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account, and the clearing member may invest those funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations. The assets of a Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of a Fund’s clearing member, because the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s customers for a relevant account class. Also, the clearing member is required to transfer to the clearing organization the amount of margin required by the clearing organization

 

37


for cleared derivatives, which amounts generally are held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization for all customers of the clearing member. Regulations promulgated by the CFTC require that the clearing member notify the clearing house of the amount of initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing organization that is attributable to each customer. However, if the clearing member does not provide accurate reporting, the Funds are subject to the risk that a clearing organization will use a Fund’s assets held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization. In addition, clearing members generally provide to the clearing organization the net amount of variation margin required for cleared swaps for all of its customers in the aggregate, rather than the gross amount of each customer. The Funds are therefore subject to the risk that a clearing organization will not make variation margin payments owed to a Fund if another customer of the clearing member has suffered a loss and is in default, and the risk that a Fund will be required to provide additional variation margin to the clearing house before the clearing house will move the Fund’s cleared derivatives transactions to another clearing member. In addition, if a clearing member does not comply with the applicable regulations or its agreement with the Funds, or in the event of fraud or misappropriation of customer assets by a clearing member, a Fund could have only an unsecured creditor claim in an insolvency of the clearing member with respect to the margin held by the clearing member.

Each Fund is subject to the risk that issuers of the instruments in which the Fund invests and trades may default on their obligations under those instruments, and that certain events may occur that have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of those instruments and any derivatives whose value is based on such instruments. There can be no assurance that an issuer of an instrument in which a Fund invests will not default, or that an event that has an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of an instrument will not occur, and that the Fund will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result.

Other Derivatives; Future Developments

The above discussion relates to the Funds’ proposed use of certain types of derivatives currently available. However, the Funds are not limited to the transactions described above. In addition, the relevant markets and related regulations are constantly changing and, in the future, the Funds may use derivatives not currently available or widely in use.

CFTC Regulation

Each Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 (the “exclusion”) with respect to its operation of each Fund. Accordingly, each Adviser, with respect to the Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a CPO under the CEA. To remain eligible for the exclusion, each of the Funds will be limited in its ability to use certain financial instruments, including futures and options on futures and certain swaps transactions (“commodity interests”). In the event that a Fund’s investments in commodity interests are not within the thresholds set forth in the exclusion, the Adviser may be required to register as a CPO and/or “commodity trading advisor” with the CFTC with respect to that Fund. Each Adviser’s eligibility to claim the exclusion with respect to a Fund will be based upon, among other things, the level and scope of a Fund’s investment in commodity interests, the purposes of such investments and the manner in which the Fund holds out its use of commodity interests. Each Fund’s ability to invest in commodity interests is limited by the Adviser’s intention to operate the Fund in a manner that would permit the Adviser to continue to claim the exclusion under Rule 4.5, which may adversely affect such Fund’s total return. In the event an Adviser becomes unable to rely on the exclusion in Rule 4.5 and is required to register with the CFTC as a CPO with respect to a Fund, such Fund’s expenses may increase, adversely affecting that Fund’s total return.

Equity Securities

Some Funds may invest in equity securities. Common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, securities convertible into common or preferred stocks and similar securities, together called “equity securities,” are generally volatile and more risky than some other forms of investment. Equity securities of companies with relatively small market capitalizations may be more volatile than the securities of larger, more established companies and the broad equity market indices generally. Common stock and other equity securities may take the form of stock in corporations, partnership interests, interests in limited liability companies and other direct or indirect interests in business organizations.

 

38


Equity securities are securities that represent an ownership interest (or the right to acquire such an interest) in a company and may include common and preferred stocks, securities exercisable for, or convertible into, common or preferred stocks, such as warrants, convertible debt securities and convertible preferred stock, and other equity-like interests in an entity. Equity securities may take the form of stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests, interests in limited liability companies, depositary receipts, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) or other trusts and other direct or indirect interests in business organizations. Common stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. Preferred stocks represent an equity or ownership interest in an issuer that pays dividends at a specified rate and that has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event that an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and other debt securities generally take precedence over holders of preferred stock, whose claims take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

While offering greater potential for long-term growth, equity securities generally are more volatile and more risky than some other forms of investment, particularly debt securities. The value of your investment in a Fund that invests in equity securities may decrease, potentially by a significant amount. A Fund may invest in equity securities of companies with relatively small market capitalizations. Securities of such companies may be more volatile than the securities of larger, more established companies and the broad equity market indices. See the section “Market Capitalizations/Small Capitalization Companies” below. A Fund’s investments may include securities traded OTC as well as those traded on a securities exchange. Some securities, particularly OTC securities, may be more difficult to sell under some market conditions.

Stocks of companies that a Fund’s Adviser or Subadviser believes have earnings that will grow faster than the economy as a whole are known as growth stocks. Growth stocks typically trade at higher multiples of current earnings than other stocks. As a result, the values of growth stocks may be more sensitive to changes in current or expected earnings than the values of other stocks. If an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s assessment of the prospects for a company’s earnings growth is wrong, or if its judgment of how other investors will value the company’s earnings growth is wrong, then the price of that company’s stock may fall or may not approach the value that an Adviser or Subadviser has placed on it.

Stocks of companies that are not expected to experience significant earnings growth, but whose stocks an Adviser or Subadviser believes are undervalued compared to their true worth, are known as value stocks. These companies may have experienced adverse business developments or may be subject to special risks that have caused their stocks to be out of favor. If an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s assessment of a company’s prospects is wrong, or if other investors do not eventually recognize the value of the company, then the price of the company’s stock may fall or may not approach the value that the Adviser or Subadviser has placed on it.

Many stocks may have both “growth” and “value” characteristics, and for some stocks it may be unclear into which category, if any, the stock should be characterized.

Event-Linked Bonds

The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may invest in “event-linked” bonds, which sometimes are referred to as “insurance-linked” or “catastrophe” bonds. Event-linked bonds are debt obligations for which the return of principal and the payment of interest are contingent on the non-occurrence of a pre-defined “trigger” event, such as a hurricane or an earthquake of a specific magnitude. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event’s magnitude may be based on losses to a company or industry, index-portfolio losses, industry indices or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. If a trigger event, as defined within the terms of an event-linked bond, involves losses or other metrics exceeding a specific magnitude in the geographic region and time period specified therein, a Fund may lose a portion or all of its accrued interest and/or principal invested in such event-linked bond. A Fund will be entitled to receive principal and interest payments so long as no trigger event occurs of the description and magnitude specified by the instrument.

Event-linked bonds may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other onshore or offshore entities. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds also may expose a Fund to other risks, including but not limited to issuer (credit) default, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked bonds are subject to the risk that the model used to calculate the probability of a trigger event was not accurate and underestimated the likelihood of a trigger event. This may result in more frequent and greater than expected loss of principal and/or interest, which would

 

39


adversely impact the Fund’s total returns. Further, to the extent there are events that involve losses or other metrics, as applicable, that are at, or near, the threshold for a trigger event, there may be some delay in the return of principal and/or interest until it is determined whether a trigger event has occurred. Finally, to the extent there is a dispute concerning the definition of the trigger event relative to the specific manifestation of a catastrophe, there may be losses or delays in the payment of principal and/or interest on the event-linked bond. As a relatively new type of financial instrument, there is limited trading history for these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transactions costs and the possibility that a Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Most event-linked bonds are rated below investment grade, but event-linked bonds also may be unrated.

Event-linked bonds typically are restricted to qualified institutional buyers and, therefore, are not subject to registration with the SEC or any state securities commission and are not listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to event-linked bonds is generally less extensive than that available for issuers of registered or exchange listed securities. Event-linked bonds may be subject to the risks of adverse regulatory or jurisdictional determinations. There can be no assurance that future regulatory determinations will not adversely affect the overall market for event-linked bonds.

Event-Linked Swaps

The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may obtain event-linked exposure by investing in event-linked swaps. Similar to an event-linked bond, the occurrence of trigger events causes a party to lose some or all of the amount invested in the swap. For example, if a trigger event occurs, a Fund may lose the swap’s notional amount. Trigger events include hurricanes, earthquakes and weather-related phenomena. As derivative instruments, event-linked swaps are subject to risks in addition to the risks of investing in event-linked bonds, including counterparty risk and leverage risk.

Exchange-Traded Notes

The Select Fund may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”). ETNs are generally unsecured debt securities whose returns are linked to the performance of a particular market benchmark or strategy minus applicable fees. ETNs are traded on an exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)) during normal trading hours. However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity. At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, adjusted to reflect the performance of the relevant benchmark or strategy factor(s). ETNs generally do not make periodic coupon payments or provide principal protection. ETNs are subject to credit/counterparty risk and the value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, notwithstanding the performance of the underlying market benchmark or strategy. The value of an ETN may also be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying assets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating, and economic, legal, political, or geographic events that affect the referenced underlying benchmark or strategy. When the Select Fund invests in ETNs it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses borne by the ETN. These fees and expenses generally reduce the return realized at maturity or upon redemption from an investment in an ETN; therefore, the value of the index underlying the ETN must increase in order for an investor in an ETN to receive at least the principal amount of the investment at maturity or upon redemption. The Select Fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market.

The market price and return of the ETN may not correspond with that of the underlying benchmark or strategy. As a result, there may be times when an ETN share trades at a premium or discount to its market benchmark or strategy. This difference in price may be due to the fact that the supply and demand in the market for ETN shares at any point in time is not always identical to the supply and demand in the market for the securities or other components underlying the market benchmark or strategy that the ETN seeks to track. An ETN that is tied to a specific market benchmark or strategy may not be able to replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weighting of securities, commodities or other components in the applicable market benchmark or strategy.

The returns of some ETNs may be leveraged. Leveraged ETNs are subject to the same risk as other instruments that use leverage in any form. ETNs can, at times, be relatively illiquid, and thus they may be difficult to purchase or sell at an advantageous price. ETNs are also subject to tax risk. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will accept, or a court will uphold, how the Select Fund characterizes and treats ETNs for tax purposes. The tax treatment of income and gains from ETNs is not settled. An adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect the Select Fund’s ability to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the Code and to avoid a fund-level tax.

 

40


Fixed-Income Securities

Some of the Funds may invest in fixed-income securities. Fixed-income securities pay a specified rate of interest or dividends, or a rate that is adjusted periodically by reference to some specified index or market rate. Fixed-income securities include securities issued by federal, state, local and foreign governments and related agencies, and by a wide range of private or corporate issuers. Fixed-income securities include, among others, bonds, debentures, notes, bills and commercial paper. Because interest rates vary, it is impossible to predict the income of a Fund for any particular period. In addition, the prices of fixed-income securities generally vary inversely with changes in interest rates. Prices of fixed-income securities may also be affected by items related to a particular issue or to the debt markets generally. For example, changes to monetary policy by the Federal Reserve or other regulatory actions could expose fixed income and related markets to heightened volatility, interest rate sensitivity and reduced liquidity, which may impact a Fund’s operations and return potential. The NAV of a Fund’s shares will vary as a result of changes in the value of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio. As inflation increases, the present value of a Fund’s fixed income investment typically will decline. Investors’ expectation of future inflation can also adversely affect the current value of portfolio investments, resulting in lower asset values and potential losses.

Investment Grade Fixed-Income Securities.

To be considered investment-grade quality, at least one of the three major rating agencies (Fitch Investor Services, Inc. (“Fitch”), Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”)) must have rated the security in one of its respective top four rating categories at the time a Fund acquires the security or, if the security is unrated, an Adviser or Subadviser must have determined it to be of comparable quality.

Below Investment Grade Fixed-Income Securities.

Below investment-grade fixed-income securities (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) are rated below investment-grade quality. To be considered below investment-grade quality, none of the three major rating agencies (Fitch, Moody’s and S&P) must have rated the security in one of its respective top four rating categories at the time a Fund acquires the security or, if the security is unrated, an Adviser or Subadviser must have determined it to be of comparable quality.

Below investment-grade fixed-income securities are subject to greater credit/counterparty risk and market/issuer risk than higher-quality fixed-income securities. Below investment-grade fixed-income securities are considered predominantly speculative with respect to the ability of the issuer to make timely principal and interest payments. If a Fund invests in below investment-grade fixed-income securities, a Fund’s achievement of its objective may be more dependent on an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s own credit analysis than is the case with funds that invest in higher-quality fixed-income securities. The market for below investment-grade fixed-income securities may be more severely affected than some other financial markets by economic recession or substantial interest rate increases, by changing public perceptions of this market, or by legislation that limits the ability of certain categories of financial institutions to invest in these securities. In addition, the secondary market may be less liquid for below investment-grade fixed-income securities. This lack of liquidity at certain times may affect the values of these securities and may make the evaluation and sale of these securities more difficult. Below investment-grade fixed-income securities may be in poor standing or in default and typically have speculative characteristics. These risks are especially acute for distressed instruments, which are securities of issuers in extremely weak financial condition or perceived to have a deteriorating financial condition that will materially affect their ability to meet their financial obligations. Issuers of such instruments are generally experiencing financial or operating difficulties, have substantial capital needs or negative net worth, face special competitive or product obsolescence problems, or may be involved in various stages of bankruptcy, restructuring, or liquidation.

For more information about the ratings services’ descriptions of the various ratings categories, see Appendix A. A Fund may continue to hold fixed-income securities that are downgraded in quality subsequent to their purchase if an Adviser or Subadviser believes it would be advantageous to do so.

 

41


Foreign Investment Companies

Some of the countries in which a Fund may invest may not permit, or may place economic restrictions on, direct investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be permitted through foreign government-approved or authorized investment vehicles, which may include other investment companies. A Fund may also invest in registered or unregistered closed-end investment companies that invest in foreign securities. Investing through such vehicles may involve frequent or layered fees or expenses and may also be subject to limitation under the 1940 Act or to special tax rules under the Code. If a Fund invests in investment companies, shareholders will bear not only their proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses (including operating expenses and the fees of the Fund’s Adviser), but also, indirectly, the similar expenses of the underlying investment companies.

Foreign Securities

Some Funds may invest in foreign securities. Foreign securities may include, among other things, securities of issuers organized or headquartered outside the U.S. as well as obligations of supranational entities. The examples described in this section should not be considered a definition of “foreign securities.” In addition to the risks associated with investing in securities generally, such investments present additional risks not typically associated with investments in comparable securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in emerging markets may be subject to these risks to a greater extent than those in more developed markets, as described more fully in the section “Emerging Markets.”

There may be less information publicly available about a foreign corporate or government issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign corporate issuers are not generally subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain foreign countries. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage commissions and securities custody costs are often higher than those in the United States, and judgments against foreign entities may be more difficult to obtain and enforce. Investors in foreign countries often have limited rights and few practical remedies to pursue shareholder claims, including class actions or fraud claims, and the ability of the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice and other authorities to bring and enforce actions against foreign issuers or foreign persons is limited. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is a possibility of governmental expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments that could affect the value of investments in those countries. Foreign issuers may become subject to sanctions imposed by the U.S. or another country or other governmental or non-governmental organizations, which could result in the immediate freeze of the foreign issuers’ assets or securities and/or make their securities worthless. The imposition of such sanctions, such as sanctions imposed against Russia, Russian entities and Russian individuals in 2022, could impair the market value of the securities of such foreign issuers and limit a Fund’s ability to buy, sell, receive or deliver the securities. Sanctions, or the threat of sanctions, may cause volatility in regional and global markets and may negatively impact the performance of various sectors and industries, as well as companies in other countries, which could have a negative effect on the performance of such Fund. If a Fund’s portfolio is over-weighted in a certain geographic region, any negative development affecting that region will have a greater impact on a Fund than a fund that is not over-weighted in that region. The receipt of interest on foreign government securities may depend on the availability of tax or other revenues to satisfy the issuer’s obligations.

Since most foreign securities are denominated in foreign currencies or traded primarily in securities markets in which settlements are made in foreign currencies, the value of these investments and the net investment income available for distribution to shareholders of a Fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates or exchange control regulations. To the extent a Fund may purchase securities denominated in foreign currencies, a change in the value of any such currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a change in the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets and the Fund’s income available for distribution. The 2008 global economic crisis has caused many European countries to experience serious fiscal difficulties, including bankruptcy, public budget deficits, recession, sovereign default, restructuring of government debt, credit rating downgrades and an overall weakening of the banking and financial sectors. In addition, some European economies may depend on others for assistance, and the inability of such economies to achieve the reforms or objectives upon which that assistance is conditioned may result in deeper and/or longer financial downturns among the Eurozone nations. Recent events in the Eurozone have called into question the long-term viability of the euro as a shared currency among the Eurozone nations. Moreover, strict fiscal and monetary controls imposed by the European Economic and Monetary Union as well as any other requirements it may impose on member countries may significantly impact such countries and limit them from implementing their

 

42


own economic policies to some degree. As the result of economic, political, regulatory or other actions taken in response to this crisis, including any discontinuation of the euro as the shared currency among the Eurozone nations or the implementation of capital controls or the restructuring of financial institutions, a Fund’s euro-denominated investments may become difficult to value, a Fund may be unable to dispose of investments or repatriate investment proceeds, a Fund’s ability to operate its strategy in connection with euro-denominated securities may be significantly impaired and the value of the Fund’s euro-denominated investments may decline significantly and unpredictably.

The United Kingdom left the European Union (commonly known as “Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. An agreement between the United Kingdom and the European Union governing their future trade relationship became effective January 1, 2021, but critical aspects of the relationship remain unresolved and subject to further negotiation and agreement. Brexit has resulted in volatility in European and global markets and could have negative long-term impacts on financial markets in the United Kingdom and throughout Europe. There is still considerable uncertainty remaining in the market regarding the ramifications of the withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union and the arrangements that will apply to the United Kingdom’s relationship with the European Union and other countries following its withdrawal; the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. Moreover, other countries may seek to withdraw from the European Union and/or abandon the euro, the common currency of the European Union. The ultimate effects of these events and other socio-political or geopolitical issues are not known but could profoundly affect global economies and markets. Whether or not a Fund invests in securities of issuers located in Europe or with significant exposure to European issuers or countries, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments.

Furthermore, many emerging and developing market countries have experienced outbreaks of pandemic or contagious diseases from time to time. Because emerging and developing market countries tend to have less established health care systems, the adverse impact of outbreaks may be more severe for these countries. The risks of such outbreaks and resulting social, political, economic and environmental damage cannot be quantified. Such outbreaks can affect the economies of many nations, individual companies and the market in general. The impact may be short term or may last for an extended period of time.

Although a Fund’s income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the Fund will be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the value of a currency relative to the U.S. dollar declines after a Fund’s income has been earned in that currency, translated into U.S. dollars and declared as a dividend, but before payment of such dividend, the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to pay such dividend. Similarly, if the value of a currency relative to the U.S. dollar declines between the time a Fund incurs expenses or other obligations in U.S. dollars and the time such expenses or obligations are paid, the amount of such currency required to be converted into U.S. dollars in order to pay such expenses in U.S. dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in such currency of such expenses at the time they were incurred. Compliance with foreign tax laws may reduce a Fund’s net income available for distribution to shareholders.

In addition, because the Funds may invest in foreign securities traded primarily on markets that close prior to the time each Fund determines its NAV, the risks posed by frequent trading may have a greater potential to dilute the value of Fund shares held by long-term shareholders than a fund investing in U.S. securities. In instances where a significant event that affects the value of one or more foreign securities held by a Fund takes place after the close of the primary foreign market, but before the time that the Fund determines its NAV, certain investors may seek to take advantage of the fact that there will be a delay in the adjustment of the market price for a security caused by this event until the foreign market reopens (sometimes referred to as “price” or “time zone” arbitrage). Shareholders who attempt this type of arbitrage may dilute the value of a Fund’s shares by virtue of their transaction, if those prices reflect the fair value of the foreign securities. Although each Fund has procedures designed to determine the fair value of foreign securities for purposes of calculating its NAV when such an event has occurred, fair value pricing, because it involves judgments that are inherently subjective, may not always eliminate the risk of price arbitrage. The Funds’ securities may change in price on days on which the U.S. markets are closed and the Funds do not calculate their NAVs or sell or redeem their shares. For more information on how the Funds use fair value pricing, see the section “Net Asset Value.”

Foreign withholding or other taxes imposed on a Fund’s investments in foreign securities will reduce the Fund’s return on those securities. In certain circumstances, a Fund may be able to elect to permit shareholders to claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns with respect to foreign taxes paid by the Fund. See the section “Taxes.”

 

43


Canadian Investments

Certain Funds may invest in securities of Canadian issuers to a significant extent. The Canadian and U.S. economies are closely integrated, and U.S. market conditions, including consumer spending, can have a significant impact on the Canadian economy such that an investment in Canadian securities may not have the same diversifying affect as investments in other countries. In addition, Canada is a major producer of commodities, such as forest products, metals, agricultural products and energy-related products like oil, gas and hydroelectricity. As a result, the Canadian economy is very dependent on the demand for, and supply and price of, natural resources and the Canadian market is relatively concentrated in issuers involved in the production and distribution of natural resources. Canada’s economic growth may be significantly affected by fluctuations in currency and global demand for such commodities. Investments in Canadian securities may be in Canadian dollars; see the section “Foreign Currency Transactions” for more information.

Central Securities Depositories Regulation (“CSDR”)

Beginning February 1, 2022, the European Union adopted a settlement discipline regime pursuant to CSDR that introduced new measures for the authorization and supervision of European Union Central Security Depositories. CSDR aims to reduce the number of settlement fails that occur in European Economic Area (“EEA”) central securities depositories (“CSDs”) and address settlement fails where they occur. Under the regime, among other things, EEA CSDs are required to impose cash penalties on participants that cause settlement fails and distribute these to receiving participants. The CSDR requirements apply to transactions in transferable securities (e.g., stocks and bonds), money market instruments, shares of funds and emission allowances that will be settled through an EEA CSD and are admitted to trading or traded on an EEA trading venue or cleared by an EEA central counterparty. Each Adviser has a CSDR policy in place under which, in most cases, any charges (debit and credit) are netted and applied to the relevant accounts. However, for debit charges over $500 USD, each Adviser will typically seek to cause a broker to take responsibility for the charge, although it may not succeed in doing so.

Depositary Receipts

Some Funds may invest in foreign equity securities by purchasing “depositary receipts.” Depositary receipts are instruments issued by banks that represent an interest in foreign equity securities held by arrangement with the bank. Depositary receipts can be either “sponsored” or “unsponsored.” Sponsored depositary receipts are issued by banks in cooperation with the issuer of the underlying equity securities. Unsponsored depositary receipts are arranged without involvement by the issuer of the underlying equity securities and, therefore, less information about the issuer of the underlying equity securities may be available and the price may be more volatile than in the case of sponsored depositary receipts. American Depositary Receipts are depositary receipts that are bought and sold in the United States and are typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company. European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts are depositary receipts that are typically issued by foreign banks or trust companies and evidence ownership of securities issued by either foreign banks or trust companies; they may evidence ownership of securities issued by a U.S. or foreign company. All depositary receipts, including those denominated in U.S. dollars, will be subject to foreign currency risk. See the section “Foreign Currency Transactions” for more information.

Because certain Funds may invest in depositary receipts, changes in foreign economies and political climates are more likely to affect the Funds than a mutual fund that invests exclusively in U.S. companies. See the section “Foreign Securities” for more information.

Emerging Markets

Investments in foreign securities may include investments in emerging or developing countries whose economies or securities markets are not yet highly developed. The same or similar risks are seen in investments in companies that are located in developed markets but derive substantial revenues from emerging markets. The risks associated with investing in foreign securities are often heightened for investments in emerging market countries. These heightened risks include (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, war, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the small size of the markets for securities of emerging market issuers and the oftentimes low or nonexistent volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; (iii) certain national policies that may restrict a Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests or currency transfer or repatriation restrictions; (iv) an economy’s dependence

 

44


on revenues from particular commodities or on international aid or development assistance; (v) the absence of developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment and private property and/or less developed custodial and deposit systems and delays and disruptions in securities settlement procedures; (vi) risks associated with the imposition of sanctions by the U.S. government or the European Union; and (vii) an issuer’s unwillingness or inability to make dividend, principal or interest payments on its securities. A Fund’s purchase and sale of portfolio securities in certain emerging market countries may be constrained by limitations as to daily changes in the prices of listed securities, periodic trading or settlement volume and/or limitations on aggregate holdings of foreign investors. In certain cases, such limitations may be computed based upon the aggregate trading by or holdings of a Fund, its Adviser or Subadviser (as applicable) and their affiliates, and their respective clients and other service providers. A Fund may not be able to sell securities in circumstances where price, trading or settlement volume limitations have been reached. These limitations may have a negative impact on a Fund’s performance and may adversely affect the liquidity of a Fund’s investment to the extent that it invests in certain emerging market countries. In addition, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain emerging market countries’ currencies may not be internationally traded. Certain of these currencies have experienced a steady devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar. If a Fund does not hedge the U.S. dollar value of securities it owns denominated in currencies that are devalued, the Fund’s NAV will be adversely affected. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have adverse effects on the economies and securities markets of certain of these countries.

Many Chinese companies to which a Fund seeks investment exposure use a structure known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to address Chinese restrictions on direct foreign investment in Chinese companies operating in different sectors. A Fund’s investment exposure to VIEs may pose additional risks because the Fund’s investment is not made directly in the actual Chinese operating company, but rather in a holding company domiciled outside of China (a Holding Company) whose interests in the business of the underlying Chinese operating company (the VIE) are established through contracts rather than through equity ownership. The VIE (which the Fund is restricted from owning under Chinese law) is generally owned by Chinese nationals, and the Holding Company (in which the Fund invests) holds only contractual rights (rather than equity ownership) relating to the VIE, typically including a contractual claim on the VIE’s profits. Shares of the Holding Company, in turn, are traded on exchanges outside of China and are available to non-Chinese investors such as the Fund. While the VIE structure is a longstanding practice in China, such arrangements are not formally recognized under Chinese law. However, in late 2021, the Chinese government signaled its interest in implementing filing requirement rules that would both affirm the legality of VIE structures and regulate them. How these filing requirements will operate in practice, and what will be required for approval, remains unclear. While there is optimism that these actions will reduce uncertainty over Chinese actions on VIEs, there is also caution given how unresolved the process is. Until these rules are finalized, and potentially afterwards depending on how they are implemented, there remains significant uncertainty associated with VIE investments. There is a risk that the Chinese government may cease to tolerate VIE structures at any time or impose new restrictions on the structure, in each case either generally or with respect to specific issuers. In such a scenario, the Chinese operating company could be subject to penalties, including revocation of its business and operating license, or the Holding Company could forfeit its interest in the business of the Chinese operating company. Further, in case of dispute (for example, with the Chinese owners of the VIE), the Holding Company’s contractual claims with respect to the VIE may be unenforceable in China, thus limiting the remedies and rights of Holding Company investors such as the Fund. Control over a VIE may also be jeopardized if a natural person who holds the equity interest in the VIE breaches the terms of the contractual arrangements, is subject to legal proceedings, or if any physical instruments or property of the VIE, such as seals, business registration certificates, financial data and licensing arrangements (sometimes referred to as “chops”), are used without authorization. In the event of such an occurrence, a Fund, as a foreign investor, may have little or no legal recourse. Such legal uncertainty may be exploited against the interests of the Holding Company investors, such as the Fund. Further, the Fund will typically have little or no ability to influence the VIE through proxy voting or other means because it is not a VIE owner/shareholder. Foreign companies listed on stock exchanges in the United States, including companies using the VIE structure, could also face delisting or other ramifications for failure to meet the expectations and/or requirements of the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or other U.S. regulators. Any of these risks could reduce the liquidity and value of the Fund’s investments in Holding Companies or render them valueless. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, which regulates auditors of U.S. public companies, is unable to inspect audit work papers in certain foreign countries. Investors in foreign countries often have limited rights and few practical remedies to pursue shareholder claims, including class actions or fraud claims, and the ability of the SEC, the U.S. Department of Justice and other authorities to bring and enforce actions against foreign issuers or foreign persons is limited.

 

45


In determining whether to invest in securities of foreign issuers, a Fund’s Adviser or Subadviser (as applicable) may consider the likely effects of foreign taxes on the net yield available to a Fund and its shareholders. Compliance with foreign tax laws may reduce a Fund’s net income available for distribution to shareholders.

Investing Through Stock Connect

In addition to the risks described under “Emerging Markets”, there are risks associated with a Fund’s direct or indirect (through, for example, participation notes or other types of equity-linked notes) investment in shares of mainland China-based companies that trade on Chinese stock exchanges such as the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“China A-Shares”) through the Shanghai and Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect (“Stock Connect”), or that may be available in the future through additional stock connect programs. Stock Connect is a mutual market access program designed to, among other things, enable foreign investment in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) via brokers in Hong Kong. The underdeveloped state of the PRC’s investment and banking system subjects the settlement, clearing, and registration of China A-Shares transactions to heightened risks. Stock Connect can only operate when both China and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banking services are available in both markets on the corresponding settlement days. As such, if either or both markets are closed on a U.S. trading day, a Fund may not be able to transact in its China A-Shares, which could adversely affect the Fund’s performance. Because Stock Connect is relatively new, its effects on the market for trading China A-Shares are uncertain. In addition, the trading, settlement, and information technology systems required to operate Stock Connect are relatively new and continuing to evolve. In the event that the relevant systems do not function properly, trading through Stock Connect could be disrupted.

PRC regulations require that, in order to sell its China A-Shares, a Fund must pre-deliver the China A-Shares to a broker. If the China A-Shares are not in the broker’s possession before the market opens on the day of sale, the sell order will be rejected. This requirement could limit a Fund’s ability to dispose of its China A-Shares purchased through Stock Connect in a timely manner. Additionally, Stock Connect is subject to daily quota limitations on purchases of China A-Shares. Once the daily quota is reached, orders to purchase additional China A-Shares through Stock Connect will be rejected. A Fund’s investment in China A-Shares may only be traded through Stock Connect and is not otherwise transferable.

Stock Connect utilizes an omnibus clearing structure, and a Fund’s Stock Connect securities will be registered in its sub-custodian’s name on the China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“CSDCC”). This may limit the ability of an Adviser or Subadviser to effectively manage a Fund, and may expose a Fund to the credit risk of its sub-custodian or to greater risk of expropriation. While the ultimate investors hold a beneficial interest in Stock Connect securities, the mechanisms that beneficial owners may use to enforce their rights are untested. In addition, courts in China have limited experience in applying the concept of beneficial ownership. Investments in China A-Shares through Stock Connect may be available only through a single broker that is an affiliate of a Fund’s sub-custodian which may affect the quality of the execution provided by such broker. Stock Connect restrictions could also limit the ability of a Fund to sell its China A-Shares in a timely manner, or to sell them at all. Stock Connect is subject to regulation by both China and Hong Kong, and regulators in both jurisdictions may suspend Stock Connect trading, which could limit the ability of a Fund to transact in China A-Shares. Further, different fees, costs and taxes are imposed on non-Chinese investors acquiring China A-Shares through Stock Connect, and these fees, costs and taxes may be higher than comparable fees, costs and taxes imposed on owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure.

Supranational Entities

Some Funds may invest in securities issued by supranational entities, such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (commonly called the “World Bank”), the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. The governmental members of these supranational entities are “stockholders” that typically make capital contributions to support or promote such entities’ economic reconstruction or development activities and may be committed to make additional capital contributions if the entity is unable to repay its borrowings. A supranational entity’s lending activities may be limited to a percentage of its total capital, reserves and net income. There can be no assurance that the constituent governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to those entities, with the result that the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and a Fund may lose money on such investments. Obligations of a supranational entity that are denominated in foreign currencies will also be subject to the risks associated with investments in foreign currencies, as described in the sections “Foreign Securities” and “Foreign Currency Transactions.”

 

46


Foreign Currency Transactions

Some Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions for both hedging and investment purposes. Many foreign securities in a Fund’s portfolio will be denominated in foreign currencies or traded in securities markets in which settlements are made in foreign currencies. Any income on such investments is generally paid to a Fund in foreign currencies. The value of these foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar varies continually, causing changes in the dollar value of a Fund’s portfolio investments (even if the local market price of the investments is unchanged) and changes in the dollar value of a Fund’s income available for distribution to its shareholders. The effect of changes in the dollar value of a foreign currency on the dollar value of a Fund’s assets and on the net investment income available for distribution may be favorable or unfavorable.

To protect against a change in the foreign currency exchange rate between the date on which a Fund contracts to purchase or sell a security and the settlement date for the purchase or sale, to gain exposure to one or more foreign currencies or to “lock in” the equivalent of a dividend or interest payment in another currency, a Fund might purchase or sell a foreign currency on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the prevailing spot rate or may enter into futures contracts on an exchange.

If conditions warrant, a Fund may also enter into contracts with banks or broker-dealers to purchase or sell foreign currencies at a future date (“forward contracts”). See the section “Derivative Instruments.” Forward contracts are subject to many of the same risks as derivatives described in the section “Derivative Instruments.” Forward contracts may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. A Fund may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies, and the Fund will be subject to increased illiquidity and credit/counterparty risk because forward contracts are not traded on an exchange and often are not standardized. A Fund may also be required to liquidate portfolio assets, or may incur increased currency conversion costs, to compensate for a decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency occurring between the time when the Fund declares and pays a dividend, or between the time when the Fund accrues and pays an operating expense in U.S. dollars.

In addition, a Fund may buy and write options on foreign currencies in a manner similar to that in which futures or forward contracts on foreign currencies will be utilized. A Fund may use options on foreign currencies to hedge against adverse changes in foreign currency conversion rates. For example, a decline in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign currency in which portfolio securities are denominated will reduce the U.S. dollar value of such securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of the portfolio securities, a Fund may buy put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency declines, a Fund will have the right to sell such currency for a fixed amount in U.S. dollars, thereby offsetting, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio.

Conversely, when a rise in the U.S. dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such securities, a Fund may buy call options on the foreign currency. The purchase of such options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. As in the case of other types of options, however, the benefit to a Fund from purchases of foreign currency options will be reduced by the amount of the premium and related transaction costs. In addition, if currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent desired, a Fund could sustain losses or lesser gains on transactions in foreign currency options that would require the Fund to forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in those rates.

Some Funds may also write options on foreign currencies. For example, to hedge against a potential decline in the U.S. dollar due to adverse fluctuations in exchange rates, a Fund could, instead of purchasing a put option, write a call option on the relevant currency. If the decline expected by a Fund occurs, the option will most likely not be exercised and the diminution in value of portfolio securities be offset at least in part by the amount of the premium received. Similarly, instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against a potential increase in the U.S. dollar cost of securities to be acquired, a Fund could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move in the manner projected by the Fund, will expire unexercised and allow the Fund to hedge the increased cost up to the amount of the premium. If exchange rates do not move in the expected direction, the option may be exercised and a Fund would be required to buy or sell the underlying currency at a loss, which may not be fully offset by the amount of the premium. Through the writing of options on foreign currencies, a Fund also may lose all or a portion of the benefits that might otherwise have been obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

 

47


An Adviser or Subadviser may decide not to engage in currency transactions, and there is no assurance that any currency strategy used by a Fund will succeed. In addition, suitable currency transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that a Fund will engage in these transactions when they would be beneficial. The foreign currency transactions in which a Fund may engage involve risks similar to those described in the section “Derivative Instruments.”

A Fund’s use of currency transactions may be limited by tax considerations. Transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency denominated debt and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned and may affect the timing or amount of distributions to shareholders.

Transactions in non-U.S. currencies are also subject to many of the risks of investing in non-U.S. securities described in the section “Foreign Securities.” Because a Fund may invest in foreign securities and foreign currencies, changes in foreign economies and political climates are more likely to affect a Fund than a mutual fund that invests exclusively in U.S. companies. There may also be less government supervision of foreign markets, resulting in non-uniform accounting practices and less publicly available information. If a Fund’s portfolio is over-weighted in a certain geographic region, any negative development affecting that region will have a greater impact on a Fund than a fund that is not over-weighted in that region.

Funding Agreements

The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may invest in Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”) and similar funding agreements. In connection with these investments, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of an insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to a Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest, which is based on an index (such as LIBOR). The funding agreements provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The purchase price paid for a funding agreement becomes part of the general assets of the insurance company. GICs are considered illiquid securities and will be subject to any limitations on such investments described elsewhere in this Statement, unless there is an active and substantial secondary market for the particular instrument and market quotations are readily available. Generally, funding agreements are not assignable or transferable without the permission of the issuing company, and an active secondary market in some funding agreements does not currently exist. Investments in GICs are subject to the risks associated with fixed-income instruments generally, and are specifically subject to the credit/counterparty risk associated with an investment in the issuing insurance company.

Illiquid Securities

Some Funds may invest in illiquid securities, either by acquiring illiquid investments or owning investments that become illiquid because of financial distress or geopolitical events (such as trading halts, sanctions or wars). Illiquid securities generally are those that are not readily resalable. Securities whose disposition is restricted by federal securities laws may be considered illiquid. Securities generally will be considered “illiquid” if a Fund reasonably expects the security cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security. Investment in illiquid securities involves the risk that a Fund may be unable to sell such a security at the desired time or at the price at which the Fund values the security. Also, a Fund may incur expenses, losses or delays in the process of registering restricted securities prior to resale.

The Funds have implemented a liquidity risk management program pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act. In accordance with Rule 22e-4, the Funds may not acquire any illiquid investment if, immediately after the acquisition, the Funds would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. In the event a Fund’s illiquid investments exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the Adviser will seek to bring the Fund’s illiquid investments to or below 15% of the Fund’s net assets within a reasonable time.

 

48


Indirect Exposure to Cryptocurrency Risk

Cryptocurrencies are currencies which exist in a digital form and may act as a store of wealth, a medium of exchange or an investment asset. There are thousands of cryptocurrencies, such as bitcoin. Some issuers have begun to accept cryptocurrency for payment of services, use cryptocurrencies as reserve assets or invest in cryptocurrencies, and the Funds may invest in securities of such issuers. The Funds may also invest in securities of issuers which provide cryptocurrency-related services.

Cryptocurrencies are subject to fluctuations in value. Cryptocurrencies are not backed by any government, corporation, or other identified body. Rather, the value of a cryptocurrency is determined by other factors, such as the perceived future prospects or the supply and demand for such cryptocurrency in the global market for the trading of cryptocurrency. Such trading markets are unregulated and may be more exposed to operational or technical issues as well as fraud or manipulation in comparison to established, regulated exchanges for securities, derivatives and traditional currencies. The value of a cryptocurrency may decline precipitously (including to zero) for a variety of reasons, including, but not limited to, regulatory changes, a loss of confidence in its network or a change in user preference to other cryptocurrencies. An issuer that owns cryptocurrencies may experience custody issues, and may lose its cryptocurrency holdings through theft, hacking, and technical glitches in the applicable blockchain. The Funds may experience losses as a result of the decline in value of its securities of issuers that own or have exposure to cryptocurrencies or which provide cryptocurrency-related services. If an issuer that owns cryptocurrencies intends to pay a dividend using such holdings or to otherwise make a distribution of such holdings to its stockholders, such dividends or distributions may face regulatory, operational and technical issues.

Factors affecting the further development of cryptocurrencies include, but are not limited to: continued worldwide growth of, or possible cessation of or reversal in, the adoption and use of cryptocurrencies and other digital assets; the developing regulatory environment relating to cryptocurrencies, including the characterization of cryptocurrencies as currencies, commodities, or securities, the tax treatment of cryptocurrencies, and government and quasi-government regulation or restrictions on, or regulation of access to and operation of, cryptocurrency networks and the exchanges on which cryptocurrencies trade, including anti-money laundering regulations and requirements; perceptions regarding the environmental impact of a cryptocurrency; changes in consumer demographics and public preferences; general economic conditions; maintenance and development of open-source software protocols; the availability and popularity of other forms or methods of buying and selling goods and services; the use of the networks supporting digital assets, such as those for developing smart contracts and distributed applications; and general risks tied to the use of information technologies, including cyber risks. A hack or failure of one cryptocurrency may lead to a loss in confidence in, and thus decreased usage and/or value of, other cryptocurrencies.

Inflation-Linked and Inflation-Indexed Securities

Some Funds may invest in inflation-linked and -indexed securities. Inflation-linked and -indexed securities are fixed-income securities whose principal values are adjusted periodically according to the rate of inflation. These securities generally have maturities of ten or thirty years and interest is payable semiannually. The principal amount of these securities increases with increases in the price index used as a reference value for the securities. In addition, the amounts payable as coupon interest payments increase when the price index increases because the interest amount is calculated by multiplying the principal amount (as adjusted) by a fixed coupon rate.

Although inflation-linked and -indexed securities protect their holders from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may result in a decline in value. The values of inflation-linked and -indexed securities generally fluctuate in response to changes to real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If inflation were to rise at a rate faster than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of the inflation-linked and -indexed securities. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in the value of inflation-linked and -indexed securities. If inflation is lower than expected during a period in which a Fund holds inflation-linked and -indexed securities, the Funds may earn less on such securities than on a conventional security. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in inflation-linked and -indexed securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the price index used as a reference for the securities. There can be no assurance that the price index used for an inflation-linked and -indexed security will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Inflation-linked and -indexed securities include Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities issued by the U.S. government (see the section “U.S. Government Securities” for additional information), but also may include securities issued by state, local and non-U.S. governments and corporations and supranational entities.

 

49


A Fund’s investments in inflation-linked and -indexed securities can cause the Fund to accrue income for U.S. federal income tax purposes without a corresponding receipt of cash; the Fund may be required to dispose of portfolio securities (including when not otherwise advantageous to do so) in order to obtain sufficient cash to meet its distribution requirements for eligibility to be treated as a RIC under the Code.

Initial Public Offerings (“IPO”)

Some Funds may purchase securities of companies that are offered pursuant to an IPO. An IPO is a company’s first offering of stock to the public in the primary market, typically to raise additional capital. A Fund may purchase a “hot” IPO (also known as a “hot issue”), which is an IPO that is oversubscribed and, as a result, is an investment opportunity of limited availability. As a consequence, the price at which these IPO shares open in the secondary market may be significantly higher than the original IPO price. IPO securities tend to involve greater risk due, in part, to public perception and the lack of publicly available information and trading history. There is the possibility of losses resulting from the difference between the issue price and potential diminished value of the stock once traded in the secondary market. A Fund’s investment in IPO securities may have a significant impact on the Fund’s performance and may result in significant capital gains.

Investment Companies

Certain Funds may invest in other investment companies. Investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), are essentially pools of securities. Investing in other investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying securities, but may involve additional expenses at the investment company level, such as investment advisory fees and operating expenses. In some cases, investing in an investment company may involve the payment of a premium over the value of the assets held in that investment company’s portfolio. In other circumstances, the market value of an investment company’s shares may be less than the NAV per share of the investment company. As an investor in another investment company, a Fund will bear its ratable share of the investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees, and the Fund’s shareholders will bear such expenses indirectly, in addition to similar fees and expenses of the Fund. A Fund may also be exposed to the risks associated with the underlying investment company’s investments.

Despite the possibility of greater fees and expenses, investment in other investment companies may be attractive nonetheless for several reasons, especially in connection with foreign investments. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, investing indirectly in such countries (by purchasing shares of another fund that is permitted to invest in such countries) may be the most practical and efficient way for a Fund to invest in such countries. In other cases, when a Fund’s Adviser or Subadviser desires to make only a relatively small investment in a particular country, investing through another fund that holds a diversified portfolio in that country may be more effective than investing directly in issuers in that country. In addition, it may be efficient for a Fund to gain exposure to particular market segments by investing in shares of one or more investment companies.

ETFs

Some Funds may invest in shares of ETFs. An ETF is an investment company that is generally registered under the 1940 Act that holds a portfolio of securities designed to track the performance of a particular index and may be actively managed. Unlike shares of a mutual fund, which can be bought and redeemed from the issuing fund by all shareholders at a price based on NAV, shares of an ETF may be purchased or redeemed directly from the ETF solely by Authorized Participants (“APs”) and only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (typically 25,000 or more) called “creation units.” Shares representing fractional interests in these creation units are listed for trading on national securities exchanges and can be purchased and sold in the secondary market in lots of any size at any time during the trading day. The Funds will typically buy and redeem shares of ETFs on the secondary market. ETFs sometimes also refer to entities that are not registered under the 1940 Act that invest directly in commodities or other assets (e.g., gold bullion). Investments in ETFs involve certain inherent risks generally associated with investments in a broadly-based portfolio of securities, including risks that the general level of stock prices may decline, thereby adversely affecting the value of each unit of the ETF or other instrument. In addition, an ETF may not fully replicate the performance of

 

50


its benchmark index because of the temporary unavailability of certain index securities in the secondary market or discrepancies between the ETF and the index with respect to the weighting of securities or number of stocks held. ETFs are also subject to additional risks, including, among others, the risk that the market price of an ETF’s shares may trade above or below its NAV, the risk that an active trading market for an ETF’s shares may not develop or be maintained, the risk that trading of an ETF’s shares may be halted, and the risk that the ETF’s shares may be delisted from the listing exchange. ETFs may have a limited number of financial institutions that act as APs and to the extent that those APs exit the business, or are unable to or choose not to process creation and/or redemption orders for creation units and no other AP steps forward to create and redeem ETF shares, the ETF’s shares may be more likely to trade at a premium or discount to NAV and possibly face trading halts or delisting.

Limitations on Investments in Other Investment Companies.

Investments in other investment companies, including ETFs, are typically subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act limitations currently provide, in part, that, unless an exception applies, a Fund may not purchase shares of an investment company if such a purchase would cause the Fund (a) to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company; (b) to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the aggregate in the investment company; or (c) to have more than 10% of its total assets invested in the aggregate in all investment companies. Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which became effective on January 19, 2021, permits the Funds to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions including that the Funds must enter into investment agreements with other investment companies in certain circumstances. These restrictions could affect a Fund’s ability to redeem its investments in other investment companies, make such investments less attractive, cause the Fund to incur losses, realize taxable gains distributable to shareholders, incur greater or unexpected expenses, or experience other adverse consequences.

LIBOR Replacement and Other Reference Rates Risk

The Funds’ payment obligations, financing terms and investments in debt securities and derivatives may be tied to floating rates, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). LIBOR is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. ICE Benchmark Administration (“IBA”), the administrator of LIBOR, ceased publication of most LIBOR settings on a representative basis at the end of 2021 and is expected to cease publication of the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings on a representative basis after June 30, 2023. In addition, global regulators have announced that, with limited exceptions, no new LIBOR-based contracts should be entered into after 2021. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates to LIBOR in most major currencies (e.g., the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, which is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR); however, the process for amending the interest rate provisions of existing contracts to transition away from LIBOR remains unclear. While some contracts may include “fallback” provisions that provide for an alternative rate setting methodology in the event of the unavailability of LIBOR, not all contracts have such provisions or such provisions may not contemplate the permanent unavailability of LIBOR. Federal and state legislation has been enacted to assist with the transition away from LIBOR to new reference rates for instruments known as “tough legacy” contracts. In addition, various financial industry groups have been planning more generally for the transition away from LIBOR (as well as other interbank offered rates such as the Euro Overnight Index Average, which ceased publication in January 2022). However, markets are developing slowly and questions around liquidity in these new rates and how to appropriately adjust them to mitigate any economic value transfer at the time of transition remains a concern. It is difficult to predict the

 

51


full impact on the Funds of the transition away from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. The transition process may involve, among other things, increased volatility or illiquidity in markets for instruments that currently rely on LIBOR. The transition may also result in a reduction in the value of certain LIBOR-based investments held by the Funds or reduce the effectiveness of related transactions such as hedges. Any such effects of the transition away from LIBOR, as well as other unforeseen effects, could adversely impact the performance of the Funds.

Market Capitalizations

Some Funds may invest in companies with small, medium or large market capitalizations. Large capitalization companies are generally large companies that have been in existence for a number of years and are well established in their market. Middle market capitalization companies are generally medium-sized companies that are not as established as large capitalization companies, may be more volatile and are subject to many of the same risks as smaller capitalization companies.

Small Capitalization Companies

Some Funds may invest in companies with relatively small market capitalizations. Such investments may involve greater risk than is usually associated with more established companies. These companies often have sales and earnings growth rates that exceed those of companies with larger market capitalizations. Such growth rates may in turn be reflected in more rapid share price appreciation. However, companies with smaller market capitalization often have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may be dependent upon a relatively small management group. These securities may have limited marketability and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic movements in price than securities of companies with larger market capitalization or market averages in general. To the extent that a Fund invests in companies with relatively small market capitalizations, the value of its stock portfolio may fluctuate more widely than broad market averages.

Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”)

Certain Funds may invest in MLPs, which are limited partnerships the ownership units of which are publicly traded. MLPs may be treated as qualified publicly traded partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as described in the section “Taxes” herein. MLPs often own or own interests in properties or businesses that are related to oil and gas industries, including pipelines, although MLPs may invest in other types of investments, including credit-related investments. The energy industries can be significantly affected by fluctuations in energy prices and supply and demand of energy fuels, energy conservation, exploration and production spending, the success of exploration projects, tax and other government regulations, weather or meteorological events, world events and economic conditions. The energy industries also may be affected by fluctuations in energy prices, energy conservation, exploration and production spending, government regulations, weather, world events and economic conditions. Generally, an MLP is operated under the supervision of one or more managing general partners. Limited partners (like a Fund when it invests in an MLP) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the partnership. Certain Funds also may invest in companies that serve (or the affiliates of which serve) as the general partner of an MLP.

Investments in MLPs are generally subject to many of the risks that apply to partnerships. For example, holders of the units of MLPs will generally have limited control and limited voting rights on matters affecting the partnership. There may be fewer corporate protections afforded to investors in an MLP than investors in a corporation. Conflicts of interest may exist among unit holders, subordinated unit holders and the general partner of an MLP, including those arising from incentive distribution payments. The general partner of an MLP may have limited call rights that may require a Fund to sell its units of such MLP at a time or price that is not advantageous, which may lower the Fund’s return or result in a loss. A Fund may also be required to repay to an MLP distributions that are incorrectly distributed to the Fund, and in certain circumstances holders of MLP units may be responsible for the obligations of the MLP. In addition, should an MLP fail to meet the current legal requirements for treatment as a partnership, or if there are changes to the tax law, an MLP could be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In that case, the MLP would be obligated to pay tax at the entity level, and distributions to a Fund would be taxed as ordinary dividend income. This could result in a significant reduction in the income to a Fund from an investment in an MLP. MLPs that concentrate in a particular industry or region are subject to risks associated with such industry or region. MLPs holding credit-related investments are subject to interest rate risk and the risk of default on payment obligations by debt issuers. Investments held by MLPs may be illiquid and are subject to equity risk. MLP units may trade infrequently and in limited volume, and they may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger or more broadly based companies.

 

52


Certain Funds’ investments in MLPs can bear on or be limited by a Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC.

Certain Funds may also hold investments in limited liability companies that have many of the same characteristics and are subject to many of the same risks as MLPs.

Money Market Instruments

Some Funds may invest in money market instruments. Money market instruments are high-quality, short-term securities. A Fund’s money market investments at the time of purchase (other than U.S. government securities (defined below) and repurchase agreements relating thereto) generally will be rated at the time of purchase in the two highest short-term rating categories as rated by a major credit agency or, if unrated, will be of comparable quality as determined by the Adviser or Subadviser. A Fund may invest in instruments of lesser quality and does not have any minimum credit quality restriction. Money market instruments maturing in less than one year may yield less than obligations of comparable quality having longer maturities.

Although changes in interest rates can change the market value of a security, the Funds expect those changes to be minimal with respect to these securities, which may be purchased by a Fund for defensive purposes. A Fund’s money market investments may be issued by U.S. banks, foreign banks (including their U.S. branches) or foreign branches and subsidiaries of U.S. banks. Obligations of foreign banks may be subject to foreign economic, political and legal risks. Such risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign withholding or other taxes on interest income, difficulties in obtaining and enforcing a judgment against a foreign obligor, exchange control regulations (including currency blockage) and the expropriation or nationalization of assets or deposits. Foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks. For instance, such branches and banks may not be subject to the types of requirements imposed on domestic banks with respect to mandatory reserves, loan limitations, examinations, accounting, auditing, record keeping and the public availability of information. Obligations of such branches or banks will be purchased only when an Adviser or Subadviser believes the risks are minimal. The Funds may invest in U.S. government securities that include all securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”). Some U.S. government securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. U.S. government securities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States are considered riskier than those that are. See the section “U.S. Government Securities” for additional information.

Although the Funds may invest in money market instruments, they are not money market funds and therefore are not subject to the portfolio quality, maturity and NAV requirements applicable to money market funds. The Funds will not seek to maintain a stable NAV. The Funds also will not be required to comply with the rating restrictions applicable to money market funds, and will not necessarily sell an investment in cases where a security’s rating has been downgraded.

Considerations of liquidity, safety and preservation of capital may preclude a Fund from investing in money market instruments paying the highest available yield at a particular time. In addition, a Fund’s ability to trade money market securities may be constrained by the collateral and asset coverage requirements related to the Fund’s other investments. As a result, a Fund may need to buy or sell money market instruments at inopportune times. In addition, even though money market instruments generally are considered to be high-quality and a low-risk investment, recently a number of issuers of money market and money market-type instruments have experienced financial difficulties, leading in some cases to rating downgrades and decreases in the value of their securities. In addition, during the 2008 global financial downturn and the market volatility caused by the COVID-19 outbreak beginning in March 2020, many money market instruments that were thought to be highly liquid became illiquid and lost value. The U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, have taken extraordinary actions with respect to the financial markets generally and money market instruments in particular.

 

53


While these actions have stabilized the markets for these instruments, there can be no assurances that those actions will continue or continue to be effective. If a Fund’s money market instruments become illiquid, the Fund may be unable to satisfy certain of its obligations or may only be able to do so by selling other securities at prices or times that may be disadvantageous to do so.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Some Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities, such as Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) certificates, which differ from traditional debt securities. Among the major differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a Fund purchases these assets at a premium, a faster-than-expected prepayment rate will tend to reduce yield to maturity, and a slower-than-expected prepayment rate may have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. If a Fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a discount, faster-than-expected prepayments will tend to increase, and slower-than-expected prepayments will tend to reduce, yield to maturity. Prepayments, and resulting amounts available for reinvestment by a Fund, are likely to be greater during a period of declining interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates. Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased at a premium may result in a loss of principal if the premium has not been fully amortized at the time of prepayment. Although these securities will decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates generally, they are likely to appreciate less than other fixed-income securities when interest rates decline because of the risk of prepayments. In addition, an increase in interest rates would increase the inherent volatility of a Fund by increasing the average life of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

The value of some mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities in which a Fund invests may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates, and the ability of a Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of a Fund’s Adviser or Subadviser to forecast interest rates and other economic factors correctly. These types of securities may also decline for reasons associated with the underlying collateral. The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-related securities that are backed by mortgage pools that contain “subprime” or “Alt-A” loans (loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories, less documentation or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans), but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic downturn, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable-rate mortgages. For example, ongoing developments in the residential and commercial mortgage markets may have additional consequences for the market for mortgage-backed securities. During periods of deteriorating economic conditions, such as recessions or periods of rising unemployment, delinquencies and losses generally increase, sometimes drastically, with respect to securitizations involving mortgage loans. The effects of the COVID-19 virus and governmental responses to the effects of the virus, as well as the effects of and responses to other pandemics and epidemics, may result in increased delinquencies and losses and may have other, potentially unanticipated, adverse effects on such investments and the markets for those investments.

Securities issued by the GNMA and the FNMA and similar issuers also may be exposed to risks described in the section “U.S. Government Securities.” A Fund also may gain exposure to mortgage-related securities through entering into credit default swaps or other derivative instruments related to this asset class. For example, a Fund may enter into credit default swaps on CMBX, which are indices made up of tranches of commercial mortgage-backed securities, each with different credit ratings. Utilizing CMBX, one can either gain synthetic risk exposure to a portfolio of such securities by “selling protection” or take a short position by “buying protection.” The protection buyer pays a monthly premium to the protection seller, and the seller agrees to cover any principal losses and interest shortfalls of the referenced underlying mortgage-backed securities. Credit default swaps and other derivative instruments related to mortgage-related securities are subject to the risks associated with mortgage-related securities generally, as well as the risks of derivative transactions. See the section “Derivative Instruments.”

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

Some Funds may enter into mortgage dollar rolls. A dollar roll involves the sale of a security by a Fund and its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price, and may be considered a form of borrowing for some purposes. A dollar roll involves potential risks of loss that

 

54


are different from those related to the securities underlying the transactions. A Fund may be required to purchase securities at a higher price than may otherwise be available on the open market. Since the counterparty in the transaction is required to deliver a similar, but not identical, security to the Fund, the security that the Fund is required to buy under the dollar roll may be worth less than an identical security. There is no assurance that a Fund’s use of the cash that it receives from a dollar roll will provide a return that exceeds borrowing costs.

Municipal Obligations

Some Funds may purchase municipal obligations. The term “municipal obligations” generally is understood to include debt obligations issued by municipalities to obtain funds for various public purposes, the income from which is, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer, excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, if the proceeds from private activity bonds are used for the construction, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, the interest paid on such bonds may be excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of these issues. A Fund’s distributions of any interest it earns on municipal obligations will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.

The two principal classifications of municipal obligations are “general obligation” and “revenue” bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. Revenue bonds are payable from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source, but not from the general taxing power. Private activity bonds are revenue bonds that are issued by municipalities and other public authorities to finance development of industrial or other facilities for use by private enterprise. The private enterprise (and/or any guarantor) pays the principal and interest on the bond; the user does not pledge its faith, credit and taxing power for repayment. The credit and quality of private activity bonds are usually tied to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Sizable investments in these obligations could involve an increased risk to the Funds should any of the related facilities experience financial difficulties. Private activity bonds are in most cases revenue bonds and do not generally carry the pledge of the credit of the issuing municipality. There are, of course, variations in the security of municipal obligations, both within a particular classification and between classifications.

Municipal securities can be significantly affected by political changes as well as uncertainties in the municipal market related to taxation, legislative changes, or the rights of municipal security holders. Because many municipal securities are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, health care, transportation and utilities, conditions in those sectors can affect the overall municipal market. In addition, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal issuer can affect the overall municipal market.

National Security / Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”) Regulation Risk

Certain investments by a Fund that involve a business connected with or related to national security (including, without limitation, critical technology, critical infrastructure, or sensitive data) may be subject to review and approval by CFIUS and/or non-U.S. national security/investment clearance regulators. In the event that CFIUS or another regulator reviews one or more of a Fund’s proposed or existing investments, it is possible that CFIUS or another regulator will seek to impose limitations on or prohibit one or more of the Fund’s investments or unwind a transaction. Such limitations or restrictions may prevent a Fund from pursuing certain investments, cause delays with respect to consummating such investments, or require the Fund to consummate an investment on terms that are less advantageous than would be the case absent such restrictions. Where a Fund is required to unwind a transaction, in addition to incurring additional legal, administrative, and other costs, the Fund may have to dispose of the investment at a price that is less than it would have received had the Fund exited at a different time or under different circumstances. Any of these outcomes could adversely affect a Fund’s performance.

Original Issue Discount (“OID”) Securities

Some Funds may invest in OID securities. OID securities are securities that have OID as defined in section 1273 of the Code and that generate OID inclusions in the holder’s taxable income under section 1272 of the Code. Generally, OID is the excess of a security’s stated redemption price at maturity over the issue price. OID securities generally include any securities issued with a term exceeding one year at a discount to redemption price, including but not limited to pay-in-kind securities and zero-coupon securities. In general, for tax purposes, the amount of the OID is

 

55


treated as interest income and is included in the Fund’s income over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. In order to satisfy a requirement for qualification for treatment as a RIC under the Code, a Fund must distribute each year at least 90% of its net investment income, including the OID accrued on OID securities. Because a Fund will not, on a current basis, receive cash payments from the issuer of an OID security in respect of accrued OID, in some years a Fund may have to distribute cash obtained from other sources in order to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement under the Code and, further, to eliminate tax at the fund level. Such cash might be obtained from selling other portfolio holdings of a Fund. In some circumstances, such sales might be necessary in order to satisfy cash distribution requirements even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for a Fund to sell such securities at such time.

Pay-in-Kind Securities

Some Funds may invest in pay-in-kind securities, which are securities that pay dividends or interest in the form of additional securities of the issuer, rather than in cash. These securities are usually issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts. The amount of the discount varies depending on various factors, such as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of pay-in-kind securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than are other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality. A Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund would not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, such Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.

Preferred Stock

Some Funds may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stock pays dividends at a specified rate and generally has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the issuer’s assets, but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Shareholders may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Under normal circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights.

Private Placements

Some Funds may invest in securities that are purchased in private placements. While private placements may offer opportunities for investment that are not otherwise available on the open market, these securities may be subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or under federal securities laws. Because there may be relatively few potential purchasers for these securities, especially under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, a Fund could find it more difficult or impossible to sell the securities when its Adviser or Subadviser believes that it is advisable to do so, or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if the securities were more widely held. At times, it also may be more difficult to determine the fair value of the securities for purposes of computing a Fund’s NAV.

The absence of a trading market can make it difficult to ascertain a market value for illiquid investments such as private placements. Disposing of illiquid investments may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expenses, and it may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell the illiquid securities promptly at an acceptable price. A Fund may have to bear the extra expense of registering the securities for resale and the risk of substantial delay in effecting the registration. In addition, market quotations are typically less readily available (if available at all) for these securities. The judgment of an Adviser or Subadviser may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of unrestricted securities.

A Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act when reselling privately issued securities to the public. As such, a Fund may be liable to purchasers of the securities if the registration statement prepared by the issuer, or the prospectus forming a part of the registration statement, is materially inaccurate or misleading.

 

56


Privatizations

Some Funds may participate in privatizations. In a number of countries around the world, governments have undertaken to sell to investors interests in enterprises that the governments have historically owned or controlled. These transactions are known as “privatizations” and may in some cases represent opportunities for significant capital appreciation. In some cases, the ability of U.S. investors, such as the Funds, to participate in privatizations may be limited by local law, and the terms of participation for U.S. investors may be less advantageous than those for local investors. Also, there is no assurance that privatized enterprises will be successful, or that an investment in such an enterprise will retain its value or appreciate in value.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Some Funds may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in either real estate or real estate-related loans. REITs involve certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general (such as possible declines in the value of real estate, lack of availability of mortgage funds or extended vacancies of property). Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended and changes in interest rates. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, risks of default by borrowers, and self-liquidation. REITs are also subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for favorable tax treatment available to REITs under the Code, and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks, including prepayment risk. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than more widely held securities.

A Fund’s investment in a REIT may result in a Fund making distributions that constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, distributions by a Fund from REITs will not qualify for the corporate dividends-received deduction, or, generally, for treatment as qualified dividend income.

Real Estate Securities

Some Funds may invest in securities of companies in the real estate industry, including REITs and issuers similar to REITs formed under the laws of non-U.S. countries. Therefore, the Funds are subject to the special risks associated with the real estate market and the real estate industry in general. Companies in the real estate industry are considered to be those that (i) have principal activity involving the development, ownership, construction, management or sale of real estate; (ii) have significant real estate holdings, such as hospitality companies, supermarkets and mining, lumber and paper companies; and/or (iii) provide products or services related to the real estate industry, such as financial institutions that make and/or service mortgage loans and manufacturers or distributors of building supplies. Securities of companies in the real estate industry are sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values, property taxes, interest rates, cash flow of underlying real estate assets, occupancy rates, government regulations affecting zoning, land use and rents, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Companies in the real estate industry may also be subject to liabilities under environmental and hazardous waste laws.

Repurchase Agreements

A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, by which the Fund purchases a security and obtains a simultaneous commitment from the seller (a bank or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a recognized securities dealer) to repurchase the security at an agreed-upon price and date (usually seven days or less from the date of original purchase).

 

57


The resale price is in excess of the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market interest rate unrelated to the coupon rate on the purchased security. Repurchase agreements are economically similar to collateralized loans by a Fund. Such transactions afford a Fund the opportunity to earn a return on temporarily available cash at relatively low market/issuer risk. The Funds do not have percentage limitations on how much of their total assets may be invested in repurchase agreements. The Funds typically may also use repurchase agreements for cash management and temporary defensive purposes. A Fund may invest in a repurchase agreement that does not produce a positive return to the Fund if an Adviser or Subadviser believes it is appropriate to do so under the circumstances (for example, to help protect the Fund’s uninvested cash against the risk of loss during periods of market turmoil). While the underlying security may be a bill, certificate of indebtedness, note or bond issued by an agency, authority or instrumentality of the U.S. government, the obligation of the seller is not guaranteed by the U.S. government and there is a risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the underlying security. In such event, a Fund would attempt to exercise rights with respect to the underlying security, including possible disposition in the market. However, a Fund may be subject to various delays and risks of loss, including (i) possible declines in the value of the underlying security during the period while the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, (ii) possible reduced levels of income and lack of access to income during this period, and (iii) inability to enforce rights and the expenses involved in the attempted enforcement, for example, against a counterparty undergoing financial distress. See also the “Credit/Counterparty Risk” and “Risk of Government Regulation of Derivatives” sections.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Other Borrowings

Some Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement a Fund transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another person, such as a financial institution, broker or dealer, in return for cash, and agrees that on a stipulated date in the future the Fund will repurchase the portfolio instrument by remitting the original consideration plus interest at an agreed-upon rate. The ability to use reverse repurchase agreements may enable, but does not ensure the ability of, a Fund to avoid selling portfolio instruments at a time when a sale may be deemed to be disadvantageous. Pursuant to Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act, a Fund has the option to treat all reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as “derivatives transactions,” or to include all such transactions in the Fund’s asset coverage ratio for borrowings.

Dollar Rolls

Dollar rolls are a special type of reverse repurchase agreement in which the portfolio instrument transferred by a Fund is a mortgage-related security. A Fund gives up the cash flows during the transaction period but has use of the cash proceeds.

Royalty Trusts

The Select Fund may invest in publicly-traded royalty trusts. Royalty trusts are special purpose investment vehicles that own the right to royalties on the production and sale of a natural resource, such as coal, oil, gas, minerals or timber. Royalty trusts usually have no employees and no physical operations. A royalty trust will generally pay the majority of the cash it receives from its royalties out to unitholders, such as the Select Fund. The value of a royalty trust may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the royalty trust, the condition of equity markets, commodity prices, production levels, demand for the resource(s) in which a royalty trust is invested, certain expenses, deductions and costs and the distribution policies adopted by the royalty trust. Such fluctuations could diminish the distributions paid to the Select Fund, which may lower the Select Fund’s return or result in a loss. There can be no assurance that the royalty trusts in which the Select Fund may invest will pay distributions on their securities. The Select Fund will have only limited control of a royalty trust in which it has invested, and limited ability to remove or replace the trustee. To the extent that a royalty trust is concentrated in a single industry or region, the Select Fund will be exposed to the risks of investing in such industry or region, as well as to risks related to the energy sector more generally. Rising interest rates, which would create the possibility for more competitive investments, could also adversely impact the performance of the Fund’s investments in royalty trusts. The Select Fund will bear a proportionate share of the royalty trusts’ operating expenses.

 

58


Rule 144A Securities and Section 4(a)(2) Commercial Paper

Some Funds may invest in Rule 144A securities and/or Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper. Rule 144A securities are privately offered securities that can be resold only to certain qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. A Fund may also purchase commercial paper issued under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or similar debt obligations. Commercial paper is generally considered to be short-term unsecured debt of corporations. Investing in Rule 144A securities and Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper could have the effect of increasing the level of a Fund’s illiquidity to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities. The Adviser, in accordance with the Fund’s liquidity risk management program, will determine whether securities purchased under Rule 144A and/or Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper are illiquid. A Fund’s Adviser will also monitor the liquidity of Rule 144A securities and/or Section 4(a)(2) commercial paper and, if as a result of changes in market, trading, and investment-specific considerations, the Adviser determines that such securities are no longer liquid, the Adviser will review the Fund’s holdings of illiquid securities to determine what, if any, action is required to assure that such Fund complies with its restriction on investment in illiquid securities.

Securities Lending

The Global Growth Fund and Select Fund may lend a portion of their portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, financial institutions or other borrowers under contracts calling for the deposit by the borrower with the Fund’s custodian of collateral equal to at least the market value of the securities loaned, marked to market on a daily basis. If a Fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and the Fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral, which may include shares of a money market fund subject to any investment restrictions listed in this Statement. These fees or interest are income to the Funds, although the Funds often must share a portion of the income with the securities lending agent and/or the borrower. The Funds will continue to benefit from interest or dividends on the securities loaned (although the payment characteristics may change) and may also earn a return from the collateral, which may include shares of a money market fund subject to any investment restrictions listed in this Statement. Under some securities lending arrangements, a Fund may receive a set fee for keeping its securities available for lending. Any voting rights, or rights to consent, relating to securities loaned, pass to the borrower. However, if a material event (as determined by an Adviser or Subadviser) affecting the investment occurs, a Fund may seek to recall the securities so that the securities may be voted by a Fund, although an Adviser or Subadviser may not know of such event in time to recall the securities or may be unable to recall the securities in time to vote them. The Funds pay various fees in connection with such loans, including fees to the party arranging the loans, shipping fees and custodian and placement fees approved by the Board or persons acting pursuant to the direction of the Board.

Securities loans must be fully collateralized at all times, but involve some credit/counterparty risk to the Funds if the borrower or the party (if any) guaranteeing the loan should default on its obligation and the Funds are delayed in or prevented from recovering or applying the collateral. In addition, any investment of cash collateral is generally at the sole risk of a Fund. New regulations require certain bank-regulated counterparties and certain of their affiliates to include in certain financial contracts, including many securities lending agreements, terms that delay or restrict the rights of counterparties, such as the Funds, to terminate such agreements, foreclose upon collateral, exercise other default rights or restrict transfers of credit support in the event that the counterparty and/or its affiliates are subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. It is possible that these new requirements, as well as potential additional government regulation and other developments in the market, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to terminate existing securities lending agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements in the event the counterparty or its affiliate becomes subject to a resolution or insolvency proceeding. Any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any cash collateral delivered by a borrower pursuant to a loan generally are at a Fund’s risk, and to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash below the amount required to be returned to the borrower upon the termination of any loan, the Fund may be required by the securities lending agent to pay or cause to be paid to such borrower an amount equal to such shortfall in cash, possibly requiring it to liquidate other portfolio securities to satisfy its obligations. The Funds did not have any securities lending activity during their most recently completed fiscal year.

 

59


Senior Loans, Loan Participations and Assignments

Some Funds may invest in senior loans, which include both secured and unsecured loans made by banks and other financial institutions to corporate customers. Senior loans typically hold the most senior position in a borrower’s capital structure, may be secured by the borrower’s assets and have interest rates that reset frequently. Senior loans can include term loans, revolving credit facility loans and second lien loans. The proceeds of senior loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividends, and, to a lesser extent, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. These loans may not be rated investment grade by the rating agencies. Although secured loans are secured by collateral of the borrower, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated. Economic downturns generally lead to higher non-payment and default rates and a senior loan could lose a substantial part of its value prior to a default. Some senior loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such senior loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of senior loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such senior loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the borrower.

A Fund’s investments in loans are subject to credit/counterparty risk and liquidity risk. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. The interest rates on many senior loans reset frequently, and thus senior loans are subject to interest rate risk. Most senior loans are not traded on any national securities exchange. Senior loans are generally less liquid than many other debt securities and there may also be less public information available about senior loans as compared to other debt securities. Senior loans may be difficult to value and may be subject to restrictions on resale, irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Transactions in senior loans may take significantly longer than seven days to settle and, as a result, proceeds related to the sale of senior loans may not be readily available to make additional investments or to meet a Fund’s redemption obligations. In order to satisfy redemption requests pending settlement of senior loans, a Fund may take a variety of measures, including, without limitation drawing on its cash and other short term positions and borrowing from banks (including, if available, under a line of credit), all of which may adversely affect a Fund’s performance. With limited exceptions, an Adviser or Subadviser will take steps intended to ensure that it does not receive material non-public information about the issuers of senior loans who also issue publicly traded securities, and therefore an Adviser or Subadviser may have less information than other investors about certain of the senior loans in which it seeks to invest. Investing in senior loan participations exposes a Fund to the credit of the counterparty issuing the participation in addition to the credit of the ultimate borrower.

Large loans to corporations or governments may be shared or syndicated among several lenders, usually including (but often not limited to) banks. A Fund may participate in the primary syndicate for a loan or it may also purchase loans from other lenders (sometimes referred to as loan assignments), in either case becoming a direct lender. A Fund also may acquire a participation interest in another lender’s portion of the loan. Participation interests involve special types of risk, including liquidity risk and the risks of being a lender. Loans and loan participations may be transferable among financial institutions; however, they may not have the liquidity of conventional debt securities and because they may be subject to restrictions on resale, they are potentially illiquid. The purchase or sale of loans may require the consent of a third party or of the borrower, and although such consent is rarely withheld in practice, the consent requirement could delay a purchase or affect a Fund’s ability to dispose of its investments in loans in a timely fashion. Although the market for loans and loan participations has become increasingly liquid over time, this market is still developing, and there can be no assurance that adverse developments with respect to this market or particular borrowers will not prevent a Fund from selling these loans at their market values at a desirable time or price. To the extent a senior loan has been deemed illiquid, it will be subject to a Fund’s restrictions on investment in illiquid securities. When investing in a loan participation, a Fund typically will have the right to receive payments only from the lender to the extent the lender receives payments from the borrower, and not from the borrower itself. Likewise, a Fund typically will be able to enforce its rights only through the lender, and not directly against the borrower. As a result, a Fund will assume the credit/counterparty risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation.

Investments in loans through direct assignment of a financial institution’s interests with respect to a loan may involve additional risks to the Funds. For example, if the loan is foreclosed, a Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that under emerging legal theories of lender liability, a Fund could be held liable as a co-lender. Some loans may not be considered “securities” for certain purposes under the federal securities law, and purchasers, such as a Fund, therefore may not be entitled to rely on the anti-fraud protections of the federal securities laws. Loans and other debt instruments that are not in the form of securities may therefore offer less legal protection to a Fund in the event of fraud or misrepresentation.

 

60


A loan is often administered by a bank or other financial institution that acts as agent for all holders. The agent administers the terms of the loan, as specified in the loan agreement. Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness, a Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, it may have to rely on the agent to pursue appropriate credit remedies against a borrower. In addition, holders of the loans, such as the Funds, may be required to indemnify the agent bank in certain circumstances.

In addition to investing in senior secured loans, a Fund may invest in other loans, such as second lien loans and other secured loans, as well as unsecured loans. Second lien loans and other secured loans are subject to the same risks associated with investment in senior loans and below investment grade bonds. However, such loans may rank lower in right of payment than senior secured loans, and are subject to additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and any property securing the loan may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the higher ranking secured obligations of the borrower. Second lien loans and other secured loans are expected to have greater price volatility than more senior loans and may be less liquid. There is also a possibility that originators will not be able to sell participations in lower ranking loans, which would create greater credit/counterparty risk exposure. Each of these risks may be increased in the case of unsecured loans, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral.

A Fund may also gain exposure to loan investments through the use of derivatives. See the section “Derivative Instruments.”

Short-Term Trading

The Funds may, consistent with their investment objectives, engage in portfolio trading in anticipation of, or in response to, changing economic or market conditions and trends. These policies may result in higher turnover rates in a Fund’s portfolio, which may produce higher transaction costs and the realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term gains, which generally are taxed to individuals as ordinary income). Portfolio turnover considerations will not limit an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s investment discretion in managing a Fund’s assets. Each Fund anticipates that its portfolio turnover rate will vary significantly from time to time depending on the volatility of economic and market conditions.

Special Purpose Acquisition Companies

A Fund may invest in stock, rights, warrants, and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities. A SPAC is a publicly traded company that raises investment capital in the form of a blind pool via an IPO for the purpose of acquiring an existing company. The shares of a SPAC are typically issued in “units” that include one share of common stock and one right or warrant (or partial right or warrant) conveying the right to purchase additional shares or partial shares. At a specified time following the SPAC’s IPO (generally 1-2 months), the rights and warrants may be separated from the common stock at the election of the holder, after which the common stock, rights and warrants become freely tradeable. After going public and until an acquisition is completed, a SPAC generally invests the proceeds of its IPO (less a portion retained to cover expenses), which are held in trust, in U.S. government securities, money market securities and cash. To the extent the SPAC is invested in cash or similar securities, this may impact a Fund’s ability to meet its investment objective. If a SPAC does not complete an acquisition within a specified period of time after going public, the SPAC is dissolved, at which point the invested funds are returned to the SPAC’s shareholders (less certain permitted expenses) and any rights or warrants issued by the SPAC expire worthless or may be repurchased or retired by the SPAC at an unfavorable price.

Because SPACs and similar entities are in essence blank check companies without an operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. Some SPACs may pursue acquisitions only within certain industries or regions, which may increase the volatility of their prices. In addition, the securities issued by a SPAC, which are typically traded in the over-the-counter market, may be considered illiquid and/or be subject to restrictions on resale.

 

61


SPACs often have pre-determined time frames to make an acquisition (typically two years). In addition, as the number of SPACs grows, there is greater competition among SPACs and traditional purchasers of companies. These factors further increase the likelihood that SPAC sponsors may be incentivized to consummate acquisitions or mergers at less attractive valuations, as well as the risk that SPACs cannot successfully complete business combinations.

An investment in a SPAC is subject to a variety of risks in addition to those described above, including that: a significant portion of the funds raised by the SPAC for the purpose of identifying and effecting an acquisition or merger may be expended during the search for a target transaction; any proposed merger or acquisition may be unable to obtain the requisite approval, if any, of SPAC shareholders and/or antitrust and securities regulators; an acquisition or merger once effected may prove unsuccessful and an investment in the SPAC may lose value; the Fund may be delayed in receiving any redemption or liquidation proceeds from a SPAC to which it is entitled; an investment in a SPAC may be diluted by subsequent public or private offerings of securities in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase securities of the SPAC; SPAC sponsors generally purchase interests in the SPAC at more favorable terms than investors in the IPO or subsequent investors on the open market; no or only a thinly traded market for shares of or interests in a SPAC may develop, leaving the Fund unable to sell its interest in a SPAC or to sell its interest only at a price below what the Fund believes is the SPAC security’s value; and the values of investments in SPACs may be highly volatile and may depreciate significantly over time.

Step-Coupon Securities

Some Funds may invest in step-coupon securities. Step-coupon securities trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest. The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter. Market values of these types of securities generally fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than conventional interest-paying securities of comparable term and quality. Under many market conditions, investments in such securities may be illiquid, making it difficult for a Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.

“Stripped” Securities

Some Funds may invest in stripped securities, which are usually structured with two or more classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distribution on a pool of U.S. government or foreign government securities or mortgage assets. In some cases, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). Stripped securities commonly have greater market volatility than other types of fixed-income securities. In the case of stripped mortgage securities, if the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its investments in IOs. Stripped securities may be illiquid. Stripped securities may be considered derivative instruments. See the section “Derivative Instruments.”

Synthetic Securities

The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may invest in synthetic securities. Incidental to other transactions in fixed-income securities and/or for investment purposes, a Fund also may combine options on securities with cash, cash equivalent investments or other fixed-income securities in order to create “synthetic” securities which approximate desired risk and return profiles. This may be done where a “non-synthetic” security having the desired risk/return profile either is unavailable (e.g., short-term securities of certain non-U.S. governments) or possesses undesirable characteristics (e.g., interest payments on the security would be subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes). A Fund also may purchase forward non-U.S. exchange contracts in conjunction with U.S. dollar-denominated securities in order to create a synthetic non-U.S. currency denominated security which approximates desired risk and return characteristics where the non-synthetic securities either are not available in non-U.S. markets or possess undesirable characteristics. The use of synthetic bonds and other synthetic securities may involve risks different from, or potentially greater than, risks associated with direct investments in securities and other assets. Synthetic securities may increase other Fund risks, including market risk, liquidity risk, and credit/counterparty risk, and their value may or may not correlate with the value of the relevant underlying asset.

 

62


“To Be Announced” Transactions

Some Funds may buy securities in a “to be announced”(“TBA”) transaction. In a TBA transaction, a Fund commits to purchase securities for which all specific information is not yet known at the time of the trade. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, an Adviser or Subadviser may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it has been entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to a Fund on the settlement date. In these cases, a Fund may realize a short-term capital gain or loss. Securities purchased on a TBA basis have similar risks to when-issued securities.

A Fund will not accrue interest on the security between the time a Fund enters into the commitment and the time the security is delivered. When a Fund buys a security on a TBA basis, it assumes the risks of ownership of the underlying securities. For example, a Fund is subject to the risk that market rates of interest will increase before the time the security is delivered or that the security will otherwise decrease in value. Recently finalized (but not yet implemented) rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) include mandatory margin requirements for the TBA market that require a Fund to post collateral in connection with its TBA transactions. TBA transactions historically have not been required to be collateralized. The collateralization of TBA trades is intended to mitigate counterparty credit risk between trade and settlement, but could increase the cost of TBA transactions to a Fund and impose added operational complexity. Future regulatory changes may limit the ability of a Fund to engage in TBA transactions to the extent desired.

Trust Preferred Securities

The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund may also purchase trust preferred securities, which have characteristics of both subordinated debt and preferred stock. Trust preferred securities are issued by a special purpose trust subsidiary backed by subordinated debt of a corporate parent. These securities generally have a final stated maturity date and a fixed schedule for periodic payments. In addition, these securities have provisions that afford preference over common and preferred stock upon liquidation, although the securities are subordinated to other, more senior debt securities of the same issuer. The issuers of these securities often have the right to defer interest payments for a period of time.

Holders of trust preferred securities have limited voting rights to control the activities of the trust, and no voting rights with respect to the parent company. The market value of trust preferred securities may be more volatile than those of conventional debt securities. Trust preferred securities may be issued in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act or otherwise subject to restrictions on resale. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of trust preferred securities and the ability of holders, such as a Fund, to sell their holdings. If the parent company defaults on interest payments to the trust, the trust will not be able to make dividend payments to holders of its securities.

U.S. Government Securities

The Funds may invest in some or all of the following U.S. government securities:

U.S. Treasury Bills — Direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury that are issued in maturities of one year or less. No interest is paid on Treasury bills; instead, they are issued at a discount and repaid at full face value when they mature. They are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

U.S. Treasury Notes and Bonds — Direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury issued in maturities that vary between one and thirty years, with interest normally payable every six (6) months. These obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

U.S. Treasury Floating Rate Notes — Treasury Floating Rate Notes are relatively new instruments authorized by amendments to the U.S. Treasury’s marketable securities auction rules. As with other floating rate securities, at certain intervals the interest payment on a Treasury Floating Rate Note will increase when the applicable index increases, and will decrease when the applicable index decreases. Treasury Floating Rate Notes are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these securities will develop. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that a Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so.

 

63


Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”) — Fixed-income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on TIPS is fixed at issuance, but over the life of the bond this interest may be paid on an increasing or decreasing principal value that has been adjusted for inflation. Although repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity is guaranteed, the market value of TIPS is not guaranteed, and will fluctuate.

“Ginnie Maes” — Debt securities issued by a mortgage banker or other mortgagee that represent an interest in a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or the Rural Housing Service or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration. The GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest when such payments are due, whether or not these amounts are collected by the issuer of these certificates on the underlying mortgages. It is generally understood that a guarantee by GNMA is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Mortgages included in single family or multi-family residential mortgage pools backing an issue of Ginnie Maes have a maximum maturity of 30 years. Scheduled payments of principal and interest are made to the registered holders of Ginnie Maes (such as the Funds) each month. Unscheduled prepayments may be made by homeowners, or as a result of a default. Prepayments are passed through to the registered holder (such as the Funds, which reinvest any prepayments) of Ginnie Maes along with regular monthly payments of principal and interest.

“Fannie Maes” — The FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders that purchases residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers, including state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage banks. Fannie Maes are pass-through securities issued by FNMA that are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA, but these obligations are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

“Freddie Macs” — The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government. Freddie Macs are participation certificates issued by FHLMC that represent an interest in residential mortgages from FHLMC’s National Portfolio. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but these obligations are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

U.S. government securities generally do not involve the credit/counterparty risks associated with investments in other types of fixed-income securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government securities generally are lower than the yields available from corporate fixed-income securities. Like other debt securities, however, the values of U.S. government securities change as interest rates fluctuate. Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in a Fund’s NAV. Because the magnitude of these fluctuations generally will be greater at times when a Fund’s average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions a Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities. Securities such as those issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the relevant entity (e.g., FNMA or FHLMC) but have not been backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Instead, they have been supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations. An event affecting the guaranteeing entity could adversely affect the payment of principal or interest or both on the security, and therefore, these types of securities should be considered to be riskier than U.S. government securities. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: increase the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities; cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; result in higher interest rates; reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt.

S&P downgraded its long-term sovereign credit rating on the United States from “AAA” to “AA+” on August 5, 2011. The downgrade by S&P and other possible downgrades in the future may result in increased volatility or liquidity risk, higher interest rates and lower prices for U.S. government securities and increased costs for all kinds of debt. The value of the Funds’ shares may be adversely affected by S&P’s downgrade or any future downgrades of the U.S. government’s credit rating given that the Funds may invest in U.S. government securities.

 

64


In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. The companies remain in conservatorship, and the effect that this conservatorship will have on the companies’ debt and equity securities is unclear. Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to FNMA and FHLMC in the past, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future. In addition, any such government support may benefit the holders of only certain classes of an issuer’s securities.

Under the Federal Housing Finance Agency’s “Single Security Initiative,” FNMA and FHLMC have entered into a joint initiative to develop a common securitization platform for the issuance of Uniform Mortgage-Backed Securities (“UMBS”), which would generally align the characteristics of FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities. In June 2019 FNMA and FHLMC started to issue UMBS in place of their current offerings of TBA-eligible mortgage-backed securities. The effect of the issuance of UMBS on the market for mortgage-backed securities is uncertain.

The values of TIPS generally fluctuate in response to changes in real interest rates, which are in turn tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in the value of TIPS. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in the value of TIPS. If inflation is lower than expected during the period a Fund holds TIPS, the Fund may earn less on the TIPS than on a conventional bond. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in TIPS may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bonds’ inflation measure. There can be no assurance that the inflation index for TIPS will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.

See the section “Mortgage-Related Securities” for additional information on these securities.

Variable and Floating Rate Instruments

Some Funds may purchase variable and floating rate instruments (which may include bank loans, which are discussed in the section “Senior Loans, Loan Participations and Assignments” above). These instruments may include variable amount master demand notes, which are unsecured demand notes that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary in addition to providing for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. These instruments may also include leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments, or “inverse floaters.” The interest rate of an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest on a security or interest to which it is related. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest, and is subject to many of the same risks as derivatives. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Certain of these investments may be illiquid. The absence of an active secondary market with respect to these investments could make it difficult for a Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that a Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and a Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.

Many variable and floating rate instruments use or may use a floating rate based on LIBOR, which is the offered rate for short-term Eurodollar deposits between major international banks. Global efforts are underway to transition financial instruments away from LIBOR and other interbank offered rates. See the “LIBOR Replacement and Other Reference Rates Risk” section for more information about this transition.

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Securities

To reduce the risk of changes in interest rates and securities prices, the Funds may purchase securities on a forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery basis, which means delivery and payment take place a number of days after the date of the commitment to purchase. The payment obligation and the interest rate receivable with respect to such purchases are fixed when a Fund enters into the commitment, but a Fund does not make payment until it receives delivery from the counterparty. An Adviser or Subadviser will commit to purchase such securities only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but the Adviser or Subadviser may sell these securities before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable.

 

65


Securities purchased on a forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery basis are subject to changes in value, generally changing in the same way, i.e., appreciating when interest rates decline and depreciating when interest rates rise, based upon the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Securities so purchased may expose a Fund to risks because they may experience such fluctuations prior to their actual delivery. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the yield available in the market when the delivery takes place actually may be higher than that obtained in the transaction itself. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment or when-issued or delayed delivery basis when an Adviser or Subadviser is fully or almost fully invested may result in greater potential fluctuation in the value of a Fund’s net assets. In addition, there is a risk that securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may not be delivered and that the purchaser of securities sold by a Fund on a forward commitment basis will not honor its purchase obligation. In such cases, a Fund may incur a loss.

Zero-Coupon Securities

Some Funds may invest in zero-coupon securities. Zero-coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligations; the holder generally is entitled to receive the par value of the security at maturity. These securities are issued and traded at a discount from their face amounts. The amount of the discount varies depending on such factors as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero-coupon securities generally are more volatile than the market prices of securities that pay interest periodically and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than are other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality. A Fund’s investment in zero-coupon securities will require the Fund to accrue income without a corresponding receipt of cash; the Fund may be required to dispose of portfolio securities (including when not otherwise advantageous to do so) in order to obtain sufficient cash to meet its distribution requirements for treatment as a RIC under the Code.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITIONS

Each Fund has the flexibility to respond promptly to changes in market and economic conditions. In the interest of preserving shareholders’ capital, each Adviser or Subadviser may employ a temporary defensive strategy if it determines such a strategy to be warranted. Pursuant to such a defensive strategy, a Fund may temporarily hold cash (U.S. dollars, foreign currencies, or multinational currency units) and/or invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, high-quality debt securities or money market instruments of U.S. or foreign issuers. It is impossible to predict whether, when or for how long a Fund will employ temporary defensive strategies. The use of temporary defensive strategies may prevent a Fund from achieving its goal.

In addition, pending investment of proceeds from new sales of Fund shares or to meet ordinary daily cash needs, a Fund may temporarily hold cash (U.S. dollars, foreign currencies or multinational currency units) and may invest any portion of its assets in money market or other short-term high-quality debt instruments.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

Each Fund’s portfolio turnover rate for a fiscal year is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year, in each case excluding securities having maturity dates at acquisition of one year or less. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by each Fund, thereby decreasing each Fund’s total return. High portfolio turnover also may give rise to additional taxable income for each Fund’s shareholders, including through realization of short term capital gains, which are typically taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates, and therefore can result in higher taxes for shareholders that hold their shares in taxable accounts. It is impossible to predict with certainty whether future portfolio turnover rates will be higher or lower than those experienced during past periods. Each Fund anticipates that its portfolio turnover rate will vary from time to time depending on the volatility of economic, market and other conditions. The rate of portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor when an Adviser or Subadviser believes that portfolio changes are appropriate.

 

66


PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

The Board has adopted policies to limit the disclosure of confidential portfolio holdings information and to ensure equal access to such information, except in certain circumstances as approved by the Board. These policies are summarized below. Generally, portfolio holdings information will not be posted until it is first posted on the Funds’ website at im.natixis.com. Generally, full portfolio holdings information will not be posted until it is aged for at least 15 days for the Select Fund and 30 days for the Global Growth Fund and Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund. A list of the Funds’ top 10 holdings will generally be available on a monthly basis within 7 business days after month end. Any holdings information that is released must clearly indicate the date of the information, and must state that due to active management, the Funds may or may not still invest in the securities listed. Portfolio characteristics, such as industry/sector breakdown, current yield, quality breakdown, duration, average price-earnings ratio and other similar information may be provided on a current basis. However, portfolio characteristics do not include references to specific portfolio holdings.

The Board has approved exceptions to the general policy on the sharing of portfolio holdings information as in the best interests of the Funds:

 

  (1)

Disclosure of portfolio holdings posted on the Funds’ website, provided that information is shared no sooner than the next day following the day on which the information is posted;

 

  (2)

Disclosure to firms offering industry-wide services, provided that the firm has agreed in writing to maintain the confidentiality of the Funds’ portfolio holdings. Entities that receive information pursuant to this exception include Lipper (monthly disclosure of full portfolio holdings, provided 6 days after month-end);

 

  (3)

Disclosure (subject to a written confidentiality provision) to Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. as part of the proxy voting recordkeeping services provided to the Funds, and to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”) as part of the proxy voting administration and research services, provided to each Adviser (votable portfolio holdings of issuers as of record date for shareholder meetings);

 

  (4)

Disclosure to employees of each Adviser (and each Adviser’s participating affiliates, if any), Subadviser, principal underwriter, administrator, custodian, financial printer, fund accounting agent and independent registered public accounting firm, Fund counsel and Independent Trustees’ counsel, as well as to broker-dealers executing and third-party firms analyzing the trading costs of portfolio transactions for the Funds, provided that such disclosure is made for bona fide business purposes;

 

  (5)

Disclosure to Natixis Investment Managers, LLC, either (i) in its capacity as the seed capital investor for the Funds, in order to satisfy certain reporting obligations to its parent company or (ii) for its own risk management purposes; in the first scenario, Natixis agrees to maintain its seed capital invested in the Funds for a set period and does not effect a redemption of Fund shares while in possession of information that is not publicly available to other investors in the Fund;

 

  (6)

For the Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund only, disclosure to Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (“SMBC”) and a syndicate of banks as determined by the Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund and SMBC in order to satisfy certain obligations under the Fund’s line of credit; and

 

  (7)

Other disclosures made for non-investment purposes, but only if approved in writing in advance by an officer of the Funds. Such exceptions will be reported to the Board.

 

67


With respect to items (2) through (6) above, disclosure is made pursuant to procedures that have been approved by the Board, and may be made by employees of each Fund’s Adviser, Subadviser, administrator or custodian. With respect to (7) above, approval will be granted only when the officer determines that the Funds have a legitimate business reason for sharing the portfolio holdings information and the recipients are subject to a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the information. As of the date of this Statement, the only entities that receive information pursuant to this exception are:

Entity

  

Fund(s)

  

Holdings

  

Frequency

  

Purpose

Bloomberg    Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund and Select Fund    Full portfolio holdings    Daily, provided next business day    Attribution analysis and portfolio analytics
Confluence Technologies, Inc.    All Funds    Full portfolio holdings    Quarterly, or more frequently as needed    Performing certain functions related to quarterly Form N-PORT filings
Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”)    Global Growth and Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund    Transactions    As Needed    Trade matching and confirmation services
Donnelley Financial Solutions    All Funds    Full portfolio holdings    Quarterly, or more frequently as needed    Performing certain functions related to the production of the Funds’ semi-annual financial statements, quarterly Form N-PORT filings and other related items
Gresham Technologies plc    All Funds    Full portfolio holdings    Daily    Performing certain electronic reconciliations of portfolio holdings of the Funds
Ernst & Young LLP    All Funds    Foreign Equity Holdings    Annually, or more frequently as needed    Performing certain functions related to the production of the Funds’ Federal income and excise tax returns
FactSet    All Funds    Full portfolio holdings    Daily, provided next business day    Performing attribution analysis and portfolio analytics
ICE Data Services    All Funds    Full portfolio holdings    Daily, provided next business day    Performing functions related to the liquidity classification of investments, and facilitating reporting to Natixis as disclosed previously in this section
KPMG LLP    All Funds   

Full portfolio

holdings

  

Annually, or

more frequently

as needed

   Performing certain duties related to tax compliance services
KPMG Global Services Private Limited    All Funds   

Full portfolio

holdings

  

Annually, or

more frequently

as needed

   Performing certain duties related to tax compliance services
NIM-os, LLC    All Funds   

Full portfolio

holdings

   Daily    Hosting of Portfolio Accounting and Trade Order Management Systems; Compliance Systems; Corporate Actions; Risk Analytics
Qontigo    Global Growth Fund and Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund    Full portfolio holdings    Daily    Compliance testing related to the Funds’ use of derivatives

 

68


These entities may in turn disclose portfolio holdings information to its affiliates and third parties in connection with the provision of services to the Funds. Although the Trust may enter into written confidentiality agreements, in other circumstances, such as those described in (4) above, the obligation to keep information confidential may be based on common law, professional or statutory duties of confidentiality. Common law, professional or statutory duties of confidentiality, including the duty not to trade on the information, may not be as clearly delineated and may be more difficult to enforce than contractual duties. The Funds’ officers determine on a case-by-case basis whether it is appropriate for the Funds. to rely on such common law, professional or statutory duties. The Board exercises oversight of the disclosure of portfolio holdings by, among other things, receiving and reviewing reports from each Fund’s chief compliance officer regarding any material issues concerning the Funds’ disclosure of portfolio holdings or from officers of the Funds in connection with proposed new exceptions or new disclosures pursuant to item (7) above. Notwithstanding the above, there is no assurance that the Funds’ policies on the sharing of portfolio holdings information will protect the Funds from the potential misuse of holdings by individuals or firms in possession of that information.

Other registered investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by the Advisers or Subadviser may be subject to different portfolio holdings disclosure policies, and neither the Advisers nor the Board exercises control over such policies or disclosure. In addition, separate account clients of the Advisers or Subadviser have access to their portfolio holdings and are not subject to each Fund’s portfolio holdings disclosure policies. Some of the funds that are advised or sub-advised by the Advisers or Subadviser and some of the separate accounts managed by the Advisers or Subadviser may have investment objectives and strategies that are substantially similar or identical to the Funds’, and therefore, potentially substantially similar, and in certain cases, nearly identical, portfolio holdings as certain Funds.

In addition, any disclosures of portfolio holdings information by a Fund or an Adviser or Subadviser must be consistent with the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws, a Fund’s and the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s fiduciary duty to shareholders, and the Fund’s code of ethics. Each Fund’s policies expressly prohibit the sharing of portfolio holdings information if the Fund, an Adviser, Subadviser or any other affiliated party receives compensation or other consideration in connection with such arrangement. The term “consideration” includes any agreement to maintain assets in a Fund or in other funds or accounts managed by an Adviser and/or Subadviser by any affiliated person of the Adviser.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

The Trust is governed by the Board, which is responsible for generally overseeing the conduct of Fund business and for protecting the interests of shareholders. The Trustees of the Board (the “Trustees”) meet periodically throughout the year to oversee the Funds’ activities, review contractual arrangements with companies that provide services to the Funds and review the Funds’ performance.

Trustees and Officers

The table below provides certain information regarding the Trustees and officers of the Trust. For the purposes of this table and for purposes of this Statement, the term “Independent Trustee” means those Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust. In certain circumstances, Trustees are also required to have no direct or indirect financial interest in the approval of a matter being voted on in order to be considered “independent” for the purposes of the requisite approval. For the purposes of this Statement, the term “Interested Trustee” means those Trustees who are “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust.

The following table provides information about the members of the Board, including information about their principal occupations during the past five years, information about other directorships held at public companies, and a summary of the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that the Trustee should serve as such. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all persons below is 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197.

 

69


Name and Year of

Birth

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust,
Length of Time

Served and Term
of Office1

  

Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years

  

Number of

Portfolios in Fund

Complex Overseen2

and Other

Directorships Held

During Past 5

Years

  

Experience,

Qualifications,

Attributes, Skills

for Board

Membership

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES         

Edmond J. English

(1953)

  

Trustee since 2013

 

Chairperson of the Governance Committee and Contract Review Committee Member

   Executive Chairman of Bob’s Discount Furniture (retail)   

54

 

Director, Burlington Stores, Inc. (retail); Director, Rue Gilt Groupe, Inc. (e-commerce retail)

   Significant experience on the Board and on the boards of other business organizations (including retail companies and a bank); executive experience (including at a retail company)

Richard A. Goglia

(1951)

  

Trustee since 2015

 

Audit Committee Member and Governance Committee Member

   Retired   

54

 

Formerly, Director, Triumph Group (aerospace industry)

   Significant experience on the Board and executive experience (including his role as vice president and treasurer of a defense company and experience at a financial services company)

Wendell J. Knox

(1948)

  

Trustee since 2009

 

Chairperson of the Contract Review Committee

   Retired   

54

 

Director, Abt Associates Inc. (research and consulting);

Director, The Hanover Insurance Group (property and casualty insurance); Formerly, Director, Eastern Bank (bank)

   Significant experience on the Board and on the boards of other business organizations (including at a bank and at a property and casualty insurance firm); executive experience (including roles as president and chief executive officer of a research and consulting company)

 

70


Name and Year of

Birth

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust,
Length of Time

Served and Term
of Office1

  

Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years

  

Number of

Portfolios in Fund

Complex Overseen2

and Other

Directorships Held

During Past 5

Years

  

Experience,

Qualifications,

Attributes, Skills

for Board

Membership

Martin T. Meehan

(1956)

  

Trustee since 2012

 

Contract Review Committee Member and Governance Committee Member

   President, University of Massachusetts   

54

 

None

   Significant experience on the Board and on the boards of other business organizations; experience as President of the University of Massachusetts; government experience (including as a member of the U.S. House of Representatives); academic experience

Maureen B. Mitchell

(1951)

  

Trustee since 2017

 

Contract Review Committee Member and Governance Committee Member

   Retired   

54

 

Director, Sterling

Bancorp (bank)

   Experience on the Board; financial services industry and executive experience (including role as president of global sales and marketing at a financial services company)

 

71


Name and Year of

Birth

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust,
Length of Time

Served and Term
of Office1

  

Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years

  

Number of

Portfolios in Fund

Complex Overseen2

and Other

Directorships Held

During Past 5

Years

  

Experience,

Qualifications,

Attributes, Skills

for Board

Membership

James P. Palermo

(1955)

  

Trustee since 2016

 

Audit Committee Member

   Founding Partner, Breton Capital Management, LLC (private equity); Partner, STEP Partners, LLC (private equity)   

54

 

Director,

FutureFuel.io

(chemicals and

biofuels)

   Significant experience on the Board; financial services industry and executive experience (including roles as chief executive officer of client management and asset servicing for a banking and financial services company)

Erik R. Sirri

(1958)

  

Chairperson of the Board since 2021

 

Trustee since 2009

 

Ex Officio member of the Audit Committee, Contract Review Committee and Governance Committee

   Professor of Finance at Babson College   

54

 

None

   Significant experience on the Board; experience as Director of the Division of Trading and Markets at the Securities and Exchange Commission; academic experience; training as an economist

Peter J. Smail

(1952)

  

Trustee since 2009

 

Audit Committee Member

   Retired   

54

 

None

   Significant experience on the Board; mutual fund industry and executive experience (including roles as president and chief executive officer for an investment adviser)

 

72


Name and Year of

Birth

  

Position(s) Held

with the Trust,
Length of Time

Served and Term
of Office1

  

Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years

  

Number of

Portfolios in Fund

Complex Overseen2

and Other

Directorships Held

During Past 5

Years

  

Experience,

Qualifications,

Attributes, Skills

for Board

Membership

Kirk A. Sykes

(1958)

  

Trustee since 2019

 

Audit Committee Member and Governance Committee Member

   Managing Director of Accordia Partners, LLC (real estate development); President of Primary Corporation (real estate development); Managing Principal of Merrick Capital Partners (infrastructure finance)   

54

 

Advisor, Eastern Bank (bank); Director, Apartment Investment and Management Company (real estate investment trust); formerly, Director, Ares Commercial Real Estate Corporation (real estate investment trust)

   Experience on the Board and significant experience on the boards of other business organizations (including real estate companies and banks)

Cynthia L. Walker

(1956)

  

Trustee since 2005

 

Chairperson of the Audit Committee

   Retired; Formerly, Deputy Dean for Finance and Administration, Yale University School of Medicine   

54

 

None

   Significant experience on the Board; executive experience in a variety of academic organizations (including roles as dean for finance and administration)

INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Kevin P. Charleston3

(1965)

One Financial Center

Boston, MA 02111

  

Trustee since 2015

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L. P.   

54

 

None

   Significant experience on the Board; continuing service as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

David L. Giunta4

(1965)

  

Trustee since 2011

 

President and Chief Executive Officer since 2008

   President and Chief Executive Officer, Natixis Advisors, LLC and Natixis Distribution, LLC   

54

 

None

   Significant experience on the Board; experience as President and Chief Executive Officer of Natixis Advisors, LLC and Natixis Distribution, LLC

 

1 

Each Trustee serves until retirement, resignation or removal from the Board. The current retirement age is 75. The position of Chairperson of the Board is appointed for a three-year term.

 

73


 
2 

The Trustees of the Trust serve as Trustees of a fund complex that includes all series of the Natixis Funds Trust I, Natixis Funds Trust II, Natixis Funds Trust IV and Gateway Trust (collectively, the “Natixis Funds Trusts”), Loomis Sayles Funds I and Loomis Sayles Funds II (collectively, the “Loomis Sayles Funds Trusts”) and Natixis ETF Trust and Natixis ETF Trust II (collectively, the “Natixis ETF Trusts”) (collectively, the “Fund Complex”).

3 

Mr. Charleston is deemed an “interested person” of the Trust because he holds the following positions with an affiliated person of the Trust: President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

4 

Mr. Giunta is deemed an “interested person” of the Trust because he holds the following positions with an affiliated person of the Trust: President and Chief Executive Officer, Natixis Advisors and Natixis Distribution, LLC.

 

Name and Year of Birth

  

Position(s) Held with the

Trust

 

Term of Office1 and

Length of Time Served

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years2

OFFICERS OF THE TRUST

       

Matthew J. Block

(1981)

   Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   Since 2022   

Senior Vice President, Natixis Advisors, LLC and

Natixis Distribution, LLC; formerly, Vice President,

Natixis Advisors, LLC and

Natixis Distribution, LLC; Assistant Treasurer of the Fund Complex; Managing

Director, State Street Bank and Trust Company

Susan McWhan Tobin

(1963)

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer   Since 2022    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, Natixis Advisors, LLC and Natixis Distribution, LLC; formerly, Executive Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer of Natixis Investment Managers (March 2019–May 2022) and Senior Vice President and Head of Compliance, US for Natixis Investment Managers (July 2011–March 2019)

Natalie R. Wagner

(1979)

  

Chief Compliance Officer, Assistant Secretary and Anti-Money Laundering Officer

 

Since 2021

  

Senior Vice President, Natixis Advisors, LLC and Natixis Distribution, LLC; formerly, Vice President, Head of Corporate

Compliance, Global Atlantic Financial Group

 

1 

Each officer of the Trust serves for an indefinite term in accordance with the Trust’s current by-laws until the date his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, retires, is removed or becomes disqualified.

2 

Each person listed above, except as noted, holds the same position(s) with the Fund Complex. Previous positions during the past five years with Natixis Distribution, LLC, Natixis Advisors or Loomis Sayles are omitted, if not materially different from an officer’s current position with such entity.

 

74


Qualifications of Trustees

The preceding tables provide an overview of the considerations that led the Board to conclude that each individual serving as a Trustee of the Trust should so serve. The current members of the Board have joined the Board at different points in time. Generally, no one factor was determinative in the original selection of an individual to join the Board. Among the factors the Board considered when concluding that an individual should serve on the Board were the following: (i) the individual’s knowledge in matters relating to the mutual fund industry; (ii) any experience possessed by the individual as a director or senior officer of other public companies; (iii) the individual’s educational background; (iv) the individual’s reputation for high ethical standards and personal and professional integrity; (v) any specific financial, technical or other expertise possessed by the individual, and the extent to which such expertise would complement the Board’s existing mix of skills and qualifications; (vi) the individual’s perceived ability to contribute to the ongoing functions of the Board, including the individual’s ability and commitment to attend meetings regularly and work collaboratively with other members of the Board; (vii) the individual’s ability to qualify as an Independent Trustee for purposes of applicable regulations; and (viii) such other factors as the Board determined to be relevant in light of the existing composition of the Board and any anticipated vacancies or other transitions. Each Trustee’s professional experience and additional considerations that contributed to the Board’s conclusion that an individual should serve on the Board are summarized in the tables above.

Leadership and Structure of the Board

The Board is led by the Chairperson of the Board, who is an Independent Trustee. The Board currently consists of twelve Trustees, ten of whom are Independent Trustees. The Trustees have delegated significant oversight authority to the three standing committees of the Trust, the Audit Committee, the Contract Review Committee and the Governance Committee, each of which consists solely of Independent Trustees. These committees meet separately and at times jointly, with the joint meetings intended to educate and involve all Independent Trustees in significant committee-level topics. As well as handling matters directly, the committees raise matters to the Board for consideration. In addition to the oversight performed by the committees and the Board, the Chairperson of the Board and the chairpersons of each committee interact frequently with management regarding topics to be considered at Board and committee meetings as well as items arising between meetings. At least once a year the Governance Committee reviews the Board’s governance practices and procedures and recommends appropriate changes to the full Board. The Board believes its leadership structure is appropriate and effective in that it allows for oversight at the committee or board level, as the case may be, while facilitating communications among the Trustees and between the Board and Fund management.

The Contract Review Committee of the Trust consists solely of Trustees who are not employees, officers or directors of Natixis Advisors, the Distributor or their affiliates and considers matters relating to advisory, subadvisory and distribution arrangements and potential conflicts of interest between a Fund’s Adviser and the Trust. During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, this committee held five meetings.

The Governance Committee of the Trust consists solely of Trustees who are not employees, officers or directors of Natixis Advisors, the Distributor or their affiliates and considers matters relating to candidates for membership on the Board and Trustee compensation. The Governance Committee makes nominations for Independent Trustee membership on the Board when necessary and considers recommendations from shareholders of the Funds that are submitted in accordance with the procedures by which shareholders may communicate with the Board. Pursuant to those procedures, shareholders must submit a recommendation for nomination in a signed writing addressed to the attention of the Board, c/o Secretary of the Funds, Natixis Advisors, LLC, 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197. This written communication must (i) be signed by the shareholder, (ii) include the name and address of the shareholder, (iii) identify the Fund(s) to which the communication relates, and (iv) identify the account number, class and number of shares held by the shareholder as of a recent date or the intermediary through which the shares are held. The recommendation must be received in a timely manner (and in any event no later than the date specified for receipt of shareholder proposals in any applicable proxy statement with respect to a Fund). A recommendation

 

75


for Trustee nomination shall be kept on file and considered by the Board for six (6) months from the date of receipt, after which the recommendation shall be considered stale and discarded. The recommendation must contain sufficient background information concerning the Trustee candidate to enable a proper judgment to be made as to the candidate’s qualifications. During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, this committee held four meetings.

The Governance Committee has not established specific, minimum qualifications that must be met by an individual to be recommended for nomination as an Independent Trustee. The Governance Committee, however, believes that the Board as a whole should reflect a diversity of viewpoints, and will generally consider each nominee’s professional experience, education, financial expertise, gender, ethnicity, age and other individual qualities and attributes; such considerations will vary based on the Board’s existing composition. The Governance Committee has adopted a diversity policy pursuant to which the committee, through its nomination and evaluation process, will seek to maintain a well-rounded and diverse Board that is composed of individuals who can fairly represent the interests and concerns of Fund shareholders. The Governance Committee conducts an annual self-assessment and will consider the effectiveness of its diversity policy as part of this process. In evaluating candidates for a position on the Board, the Governance Committee may consider a variety of factors, including (i) the nominee’s reputation for integrity, honesty and adherence to high ethical standards; (ii) the nominee’s educational and professional accomplishments; (iii) the nominee’s demonstrated business acumen, including, but not limited to, knowledge of the mutual fund industry and/or any experience possessed by the nominee as a director or senior officer of a financial services company or a public company; (iv) the nominee’s ability to exercise sound judgment in matters related to the objectives of the Funds; (v) the nominee’s willingness to contribute positively to the decision-making process of the Board and to bring an independent point of view; (vi) the nominee’s commitment and ability to devote the necessary time and energy to be an effective Independent Trustee; (vii) the nominee’s ability to understand the sometimes conflicting interests of various constituencies of the Funds and to act in the interests of all shareholders; (viii) the absence of conflicts of interests that would impair his or her ability to represent all shareholders and to fulfill director fiduciary responsibilities; (ix) the nominee’s ability to be collegial and compatible with current members of the Board and management of the Funds; (x) any specific financial, technical or other expertise possessed by the nominee, and the extent to which such expertise would complement the Board’s existing mix of skills and qualifications; (xi) the nominee’s ability to qualify as an Independent Trustee for purposes of applicable regulations; and (xii) such other factors as the Committee may request in light of the existing composition of the Board and any anticipated vacancies or other transitions.

The Audit Committee of the Trust consists solely of Independent Trustees and considers matters relating to the scope and results of the Trust’s audits and serves as a forum in which the independent registered public accounting firm can raise any issues or problems identified in an audit with the Board. The Audit Committee also reviews and monitors compliance with stated investment objectives and policies, SEC regulations as well as operational issues relating to the transfer agent, administrator, sub-administrator and custodian. In addition, the Audit Committee implements procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by a Fund regarding its accounting, internal accounting controls and the confidential, anonymous submission by officers of the Fund or employees of certain service providers of concerns related to such matters. During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, this committee held four meetings.

The current membership of each committee is as follows:

 

Audit Committee

  

Contract Review Committee

  

Governance Committee

Cynthia L. Walker – Chairperson    Wendell J. Knox– Chairperson    Edmond J. English – Chairperson
Richard A. Goglia    Edmond J. English    Richard A. Goglia
James P. Palermo    Martin T. Meehan    Martin T. Meehan
Peter J. Smail    Maureen B. Mitchell    Maureen B. Mitchell
Kirk A. Sykes       Kirk A. Sykes

As Chairperson of the Board, Mr. Sirri is an ex officio member of each Committee.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight of the Funds

The Board’s role is one of oversight of the practices and processes of the Funds and their service providers, rather than active management of the Trust, including in matters relating to risk management. The Board seeks to understand the key risks facing the Funds, including those involving conflicts of interest; how Fund management identifies and monitors these risks on an ongoing basis; how Fund management develops and implements controls to mitigate these risks; and how Fund management tests the effectiveness of those controls. The Board cannot foresee, know, or guard against all risks, nor are the Trustees’ guarantors against risk.

 

76


Periodically, Fund officers provide the full Board with an overview of the enterprise risk assessment program in place at Natixis Advisors and the Distributor, which serve as the administrator of and principal underwriter to the Funds, respectively. Fund officers on a quarterly and annual basis also provide the Board (or one of its standing committees) with written and oral reports on regulatory and compliance matters, operational and service provider matters, organizational developments, product proposals, Fund and internal audit results, and insurance and fidelity bond coverage, along with a discussion of the risks and controls associated with these matters, and periodically make presentations to management on risk issues and industry best practices. Fund service providers, including advisers, sub-advisers, transfer agents and the custodian, periodically provide Fund management and/or the Board with information about their risk assessment programs and/or the risks arising out of their activities. The scope and frequency of these reports vary. Fund officers also communicate with the Trustees between meetings regarding material exceptions and other items germane to the Board’s risk oversight function.

Pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, the Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) who is responsible for administering the Funds’ compliance program, including monitoring and enforcing compliance by the Funds and their service providers with the federal securities laws. The CCO has an active role in daily Fund operations and maintains a working relationship with all relevant advisory, compliance, operations and administration personnel for the Funds’ service providers. On at least a quarterly basis, the CCO reports to the Independent Trustees on significant compliance program developments, including material compliance matters, and on an annual basis, the CCO provides the full Board with a written report that summarizes his review and assessment of the adequacy of the compliance programs of the Funds and their service providers. The CCO also periodically communicates with the Audit Committee members between its scheduled meetings.

Fund Securities Owned by the Trustees

As of December 31, 2022, the Trustees had the following ownership in the Funds and in all funds in the Fund Complex:

Independent Trustees

 

Dollar Range of
Fund Shares1

 

Edmond J.
English2

 

Richard A.
Goglia2

  Wendell J.
Knox2
  Martin T.
Meehan2
  Maureen B.
Mitchell
  James P.
Palermo2
  Erik R.
Sirri
  Peter J.
Smail
  Kirk A.
Sykes
  Cynthia L.
Walker2
Global Growth Fund   A   A   A   A   C   E   A   A   A   A
Select Fund   A   A   A   A   C   A   A   A   A   A
Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund   A   E   A   A   A   A   A   A   A   A
Aggregate Dollar Range of Fund Shares in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee   E   E   E   E   E   E   E   E   C   E

 

1 

A. None

B. $1 – $10,000

C. $10,001 – $50,000

D. $50,001 – $100,000

E. over $100,000

 

2 

Amounts include economic value of notional investments held through the deferred compensation plan.

 

77


Interested Trustees

 

Dollar Range of Fund Shares1

  

Kevin P. Charleston

  

David L. Giunta

Global Growth Fund    A    A
Select Fund    A    B
Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund    E    A
Aggregate Dollar Range of Fund Shares in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee    E    E

 

1 

A. None

B. $1 – $10,000

C. $10,001 – $50,000

D. $50,001 – $100,000

E. over $100,000

As of December 31, 2022, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the Advisers, the Distributor, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisers or the Distributor.

Trustee Fees

The Trust pays no compensation to their officers or to Trustees who are employees, officers or directors of Natixis Advisors, the Distributor, or their affiliates.

The Chairperson of the Board receives a retainer fee at the annual rate of $369,000. The Chairperson does not receive any meeting attendance fees for Board meetings or committee meetings that he attends. Each Trustee who is not an employee, officer or director of Natixis Advisors, the Distributor or their affiliates (other than the Chairperson) receives, in the aggregate, a retainer fee at the annual rate of $210,000. Each Trustee who is not an employee, officer or director of Natixis Advisors, the Distributor or their affiliates also receives a meeting attendance fee of $10,000 for each meeting of the Board that he or she attends in person and $5,000 for each meeting of the Board that he or she attends telephonically. In addition, the Chairperson of the Audit Committee, the Chairperson of the Contract Review Committee and the Chairperson of the Governance Committee each receive an additional retainer fee at an annual rate of $20,000. Each Contract Review Committee and Audit Committee member is compensated $6,000 for each committee meeting that he or she attends in person and $3,000 for each committee meeting that he or she attends telephonically. Each Governance Committee member is compensated $2,500 for each committee meeting that he or she attends. These fees are allocated among the funds in the Fund Complex based on a formula that takes into account, among other factors, the relative net assets of each mutual fund portfolio. Trustees are reimbursed for travel expenses in connection with attendance at meetings.

 

78


During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, the Trustees received the amounts set forth in the following table for serving as Trustees of the Trust and of the Fund Complex. The table also sets forth, as applicable, pension or retirement benefits accrued as part of fund expenses, as well as estimated annual retirement benefits:

Compensation Table

For the Fiscal Year Ended November 30, 2022

 

     Aggregate
Compensation
from Natixis
Funds Trust II1
     Pension or
Retirement
Benefits
Accrued as Part
of Fund
Expenses
     Estimated
Annual Benefits
Upon
Retirement
     Total
Compensation
from the

Fund Complex2
 

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

 

Edmond J. English

   $ 34,491      $ 0      $ 0      $ 307,250  

Richard A. Goglia

   $ 32,292      $ 0      $ 0      $ 287,250  

Wendell J. Knox

   $ 34,491      $ 0      $ 0      $ 307,250  

Martin T. Meehan

   $ 32,292      $ 0      $ 0      $ 287,250  

Maureen B. Mitchell

   $ 32,292      $ 0      $ 0      $ 287,250  

James P. Palermo

   $ 31,729      $ 0      $ 0      $ 282,250  

Erik R. Sirri

   $ 35,378      $ 0      $ 0      $ 369,000  

Peter J. Smail

   $ 32,292      $ 0      $ 0      $ 287,250  

Kirk A. Sykes

   $ 32,292      $ 0      $ 0      $ 287,250  

Cynthia L. Walker

   $ 34,491      $ 0      $ 0      $ 307,250  

INTERESTED TRUSTEES

           

Kevin P. Charleston

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

David L. Giunta

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0  

 

1 

Amounts include payments deferred by Trustees for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, with respect to the Trust. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued for the Trust as of November 30, 2022 for the Trustees is as follows: English $186,555, Goglia $161,807, Knox $453,502, Meehan $171,851, Palermo $141,472, Sirri $262,057, Sykes $2,961, and Walker $653,833.

2 

Total Compensation represents amounts paid during the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022 to a Trustee for serving on the Board of eight (8) trusts with a total of fifty-four (54) funds as of November 30, 2022.

The Natixis Funds Trusts, Loomis Sayles Funds Trusts and Natixis ETF Trusts do not provide pension or retirement benefits to the Trustees, but have adopted a deferred payment arrangement under which each Trustee may elect not to receive fees from the Funds on a current basis but to receive in a subsequent period an amount equal to the value that such fees would have been if they had been invested in a Fund or another fund in the Fund Complex selected by the Trustee on the normal payment date for such fees.

Management Ownership

As of record on March 1, 2023, the officers and Trustees of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of the then outstanding shares of each of the Funds.

As of March 1, 2023, Loomis Sayles Employees’ Profit Sharing Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”) owned the following percentages of the outstanding Class A shares of the indicated Fund: 4.53% of the Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund.

The Trustee of the Pension Plan and Profit Sharing Plan is Charles Schwab Trust Company. The Pension Plan’s Advisory Committee, which is composed of the same individuals listed below as Trustees of the Profit Sharing Plan, has the sole voting and investment power with respect to the Pension Plan’s shares. The trustees of the Profit Sharing Plan are Michael Duffy, Stephanie Lord, Richard Skaggs, Greg O’Hara, Tom Fahey, Justin Terman, Kevin Perry,

 

79


Susan Sieker, John Russell, Michael Giles, Rich Bruder and Tom Roberts. Except for Tom Roberts, Richard Skaggs and Kevin Perry, each member of the Advisory Committee is an officer and employee of Loomis Sayles. Plan participants are entitled to exercise investment and voting power over shares owned of record by the Profit Sharing Plan. Shares not voted by participants are voted in the same proportion as the shares voted by the voting participants. The address for the Profit Sharing Plan and the Pension Plan is One Financial Center, Boston, MA.

Code of Ethics

The Trust, the Advisers and Subadviser, and the Distributor each have adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics permit the personnel of these entities to invest in securities, including securities that the Funds may purchase or hold. The codes of ethics are on public file with, and are available from the SEC.

Proxy Voting Policies

The Board has adopted the Proxy Voting Policy and Guidelines (the “Procedures”) for the voting of proxies for securities held by the Funds. Under the Procedures, decisions regarding the voting of proxies are to be made solely in the interest of the Funds and their shareholders.

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies related to their portfolio securities during the 12-month period ending June 30 is available without charge (i) by calling toll-free at 800-225-5478, (ii) through the Funds’ websites, im.natixis.com and www.loomissayles.com, and (iii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Natixis Advisors. Generally, proxy voting responsibilities and authority are delegated to the Select Fund’s Subadviser.

Loomis Sayles. Under the Procedures, the responsibility for voting proxies generally is delegated to Loomis Sayles, the investment adviser. Decisions regarding the voting of proxies shall be made solely in the interest of each Fund and its shareholders. The Adviser shall exercise its fiduciary responsibilities to vote proxies with respect to each Fund’s investments that are managed by the Adviser in a prudent manner in accordance with the Procedures and the proxy voting policies of the Adviser. Proposals that, in the opinion of the Adviser, are in the best interests of shareholders are generally voted “for” and proposals that, in the judgment of the Adviser, are not in the best interests of shareholders are generally voted “against.” The Procedures, as implemented by the Loomis Sayles Proxy Committee, are intended to support good corporate governance, including those corporate practices that address environmental and social issues (ESG Matters), in all cases with the objective of protecting the Fund’s interests and maximizing its shareholders’ value. The Adviser is responsible for maintaining certain records and reporting to the Audit Committee of the Trusts in connection with the voting of proxies. Upon request for reasonable periodic review as well as annual reporting to the SEC, the Adviser shall make available to each Fund, or Natixis Advisors, each Fund’s administrator, the records and information maintained by the Adviser under the Procedures.

Loomis Sayles uses the services of third parties (each a “Proxy Voting Service” and collectively the “Proxy Voting Services”), to provide research, analysis and voting recommendations and to administer the process of voting proxies for those clients for which Loomis Sayles has voting authority. Any reference in these Proxy Voting Procedures to a “Proxy Voting Services” is a reference either to the Proxy Voting Service that provides research, analysis and voting recommendations to Loomis Sayles or to the Proxy Voting Service that administers the process of voting proxies for Loomis Sayles or to both, as the context may require. Loomis Sayles will generally follow its express policy with input from the Proxy Voting Service that provides research, analysis and voting recommendations to Loomis Sayles unless the Proxy Committee determines that the client’s best interests are served by voting otherwise.

All issues presented for shareholder vote are subject to the oversight of the Proxy Committee, either directly or by application of this policy. All non-routine issues will generally be considered directly by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the investment professionals responsible for the Funds holding the security, and will be voted in the best investment interests of the Fund. All routine “for” and “against” issues will be voted according to this policy unless special factors require that they be considered by the Proxy Committee and, when necessary, the investment professionals responsible for the Funds holding the security.

 

80


The Proxy Committee’s specific responsibilities include the following: (A) developing, authorizing, implementing and updating the Proxy Voting Procedures, including: (i) annually reviewing the Proxy Voting Procedures to ensure consistency with internal policies and regulatory agency policies, including determining the continuing adequacy of the Proxy Voting Procedures to confirm that they have been formulated reasonably and implemented effectively, including whether they continue to be reasonably designed to ensure that proxy votes are cast in clients’ best interest, annually reviewing existing voting guidelines and developing of additional voting guidelines to assist in the review of proxy proposals, and (ii) annually reviewing the proxy voting process and addressing any general issues that relate to proxy voting; (B) overseeing the proxy voting process, including: (i) overseeing the vote on proposals according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines, (ii) directing the vote on proposals where there is reason not to vote according to the predetermined policies in the voting guidelines or where proposals require special consideration, (iii) consulting with portfolio managers and analysts for the accounts holding the security when necessary or appropriate, and (iv) periodically sampling or engaging an outside party to sample proxy votes to ensure they comply with the Proxy Voting Procedures and are cast in accordance with the clients’ best interests; (C) engaging and overseeing third-party vendors that materially assist Loomis Sayles with respect to proxy voting, such as the Proxy Voting Services, including (i) determining and periodically reassessing whether, as relevant, the Proxy Voting Service has the capacity and competency to adequately analyze proxy issues by considering (a) the adequacy and quality of the Proxy Voting Service’s staffing, personnel and technology, (b) whether the Proxy Voting Service has adequately disclosed its methodologies in formulating voting recommendations, such that Loomis Sayles can understand the factors underlying the Proxy Voting Service’s voting recommendations, (c) the robustness of the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures regarding its ability to ensure that its recommendations are based on current, materially complete and accurate information, and (d) the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures regarding how it identifies and addresses conflicts of interest, including whether the Proxy Voting Service’s policies and procedures provide for adequate disclosure of its actual and potential conflicts of interest with respect to the services it provides to Loomis Sayles; (ii) providing ongoing oversight of the Proxy Voting Services to ensure that proxies continue to be voted in the best interests of clients and in accordance with these Proxy Voting Procedures and the determinations and directions of the Proxy Committee, (iii) receiving and reviewing updates from the Proxy Voting Services regarding relevant business changes or changes to the Proxy Voting Services’ conflict policies and procedures, and (iv) in the event that the Proxy Committee becomes aware that a recommendation of the Proxy Voting Service was based on a material factual error (including materially inaccurate or incomplete information): investigating the error, considering the nature of the error and the related recommendation, and determining whether the Proxy Voting Service has taken reasonable steps to reduce the likelihood of similar errors in the future ; and (D) further developing and/or modifying these Proxy Voting Procedures as otherwise appropriate or necessary.

Loomis Sayles has established policies and procedures to ensure that proxy votes are voted in its clients’ best interests and are not affected by any possible conflicts of interest. First, except in certain limited instances, Loomis Sayles votes in accordance with its pre-determined policies set forth in these Proxy Voting Procedures. Second, where these Proxy Voting Procedures allow for discretion, Loomis Sayles will generally consider the recommendations of the Proxy Voting Service in making its voting decisions. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the Proxy Voting Service’s recommendation is not in the best interests of the firm’s clients, then the Proxy Committee may use its discretion to vote against the Proxy Voting Service’s recommendation, but only after taking the following steps: (1) conducting a review for any material conflict of interest Loomis Sayles may have and, (2) if any material conflict is found to exist, excluding anyone at Loomis Sayles who is subject to that conflict of interest from participating in the voting decision in any way. However, if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Proxy Committee after full disclosure of any conflict, that person may provide information, opinions or recommendations on any proposal to the Proxy Committee. In such event, prior to directing any vote, the Proxy Committee will make reasonable efforts to obtain and consider information, opinions and recommendations from or about the opposing position.

Vaughan Nelson. Vaughan Nelson undertakes to vote all client proxies in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that, where it has voting authority, the client’s best interest is upheld and in a manner that does not subrogate the client’s best interest to that of the firm’s in instances where a material conflict exists. The Policy and Procedures, as implemented by the Vaughan Nelson Proxy Voting Committee (PVC), are intended to support good corporate governance, including those corporate practices that address environmental, social and governmental issues (“ESG Matters”), in all cases with the objective of protecting shareholder interests and maximizing shareholder value.

Vaughan Nelson has created a Proxy Voting Guideline (“Guideline”) believed to be in the best interest of clients relating to common and recurring issues found within proxy voting material. The Guideline, reviewed annually, is the work product of Vaughan Nelson’s Investment Team and it considers the nature of its business, the types of securities being managed and other sources of information including, but not limited to, research provided by an

 

81


independent research firm Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), internal research, published information on corporate governance and experience. The Guideline helps to ensure voting consistency on issues common amongst issuers and to serve as evidence that a vote was not the product of a conflict of interest but rather a vote in accordance with a pre-determined policy. However, in many recurring and common proxy issues a “blanket voting approach” cannot be applied. In these instances, the Guideline indicates that such issues will be addressed on a case-by-case basis in consultation with a portfolio manager to determine how to vote the issue in the client’s best interest.

Vaughan Nelson uses ISS in a limited capacity to collect proxy ballots for clients, provide a platform in which to indicate our vote, provide company research as a point of information and assist our firm in generating proxy voting reports.

Vaughan Nelson, in executing its duty to vote proxies, may encounter a material conflict of interest. Vaughan Nelson does not envision a large number of situations where a conflict of interest would exist, if any, given the nature of Vaughan Nelson’s business, client base, relationships, and the types of securities managed. Notwithstanding, if a conflict of interest arises, Vaughan Nelson will undertake to vote the proxy or proxy issue in the client’s continued best interest. This will be accomplished by either casting the vote in accordance with the Guideline, if the application of such policy to the issue at hand involves little discretion on Vaughan Nelson’s part, or casting the vote as indicated by the independent third-party research firm, ISS. If a conflict involves ISS, Vaughan Nelson will take that into consideration when evaluating a proxy item that is not addressed in the firm’s recurring Proxy Voting Guideline. All issues presented for shareholder vote are subject to the oversight of the Proxy Voting Committee, either directly or by application of this Policy and Guideline.

Vaughan Nelson, as an indirect subsidiary of a Bank Holding Company, is restricted from voting the shares it has invested in banking entities on the fund’s behalf in instances where the aggregate ownership of all the Bank Holding Company’s investment management subsidiaries exceed 5% of the outstanding share class of a bank. Where the aggregate ownership described exceeds the 5% threshold, the firm will instruct ISS, an independent third party, to vote the proxies in line with ISS’s recommendation.

Finally, there may be circumstances or situations that may preclude or limit the manner in which a proxy is voted. These may include: 1) Mutual funds – whereby voting may be controlled by restrictions within the fund or the actions of authorized persons, 2) International Securities – whereby the perceived benefit of voting an international proxy does not outweigh the anticipated costs of doing so, 3) New Accounts – instances where security holdings assumed will be sold in the near term thereby limiting any benefit to be obtained by a vote of proxy material, 4) Small Combined Holdings / Unsupervised Securities – where the firm does not have a significant holding or basis on which to offer advice, 5) a security is out on loan (voting rights have been passed to the borrower), or 6) securities held on record date but divested prior to meeting date.

In summary, Vaughan Nelson’s goal is to vote proxy material in a manner that is believed to assist in maximizing the value of the portfolio.

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

Natixis Advisors, formed in 1995, is a limited company owned by Natixis Investment Managers, LLC, the holding company for the North American asset management business of Natixis Investment Managers (“Natixis IM-NA”).

Loomis Sayles is a limited partnership whose sole general partner, Loomis, Sayles & Company, Inc. is indirectly owned by Natixis IM-NA.

Vaughan Nelson is a corporation owned by Natixis IM-NA.

Natixis IM-NA is part of Natixis Investment Managers, an international asset management group based in Paris, France, that is in turn owned by Natixis, a French investment banking and financial services firm. Natixis is wholly owned by BPCE, France’s second largest banking group. BPCE is owned by banks comprising two autonomous and complementary retail banking networks consisting of the Caisse d’Epargne regional savings banks and the Banque Populaire regional cooperative banks. The registered address of Natixis is 7 promenade Germain Sablon, 75013 Paris, France. The registered address of BPCE is 7 promenade Germain Sablon, 75013 Paris, France.

 

82


The 8 principal subsidiary or affiliated asset management firms of Natixis IM-NA collectively had over $546.4 billion in assets under management or administration as of December 31, 2022.

Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements

Each Fund’s advisory agreement with its Adviser provides that the Adviser will furnish or pay the expenses of the applicable Fund for office space, facilities and equipment, services of executive and other personnel of the Trust and certain administrative services. The Adviser is responsible for obtaining and evaluating such economic, statistical and financial data and information and performing such additional research as is necessary to manage each Fund’s assets in accordance with its investment objectives and policies.

Each Fund pays all expenses not borne by the Adviser or Subadviser including, but not limited to, the charges and expenses of the Funds’ custodian and transfer agent, independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel for the Funds, legal counsel for the Trust’s Independent Trustees, 12b-1 fees, all brokerage commissions and transfer taxes in connection with portfolio transactions, all taxes and filing fees, the fees and expenses for registration or qualification of its shares under federal and state securities laws, all expenses of shareholders’ and trustees’ meetings and of preparing, printing and mailing reports to shareholders and the compensation of Trustees who are not directors, officers or employees of the Adviser, Subadviser or their affiliates, other than affiliated registered investment companies. Certain expenses may be allocated differently among a Fund’s Class A, Class C and Class T shares, on the one hand, and Class N or Class Y shares, on the other hand. See the sections “Description of the Trust” and “Ownership of Fund Shares.”

Each advisory and subadvisory agreement provides that it will continue in effect for two years from its date of execution and thereafter from year to year if its continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Each advisory and subadvisory agreement may be terminated without penalty by vote of the Board or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund, upon 60 days’ written notice, or by the Adviser upon 90 days’ written notice. Each advisory and subadvisory agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The subadvisory agreement also may be terminated by the Subadviser upon 90 days’ notice, and automatically terminates upon termination of the advisory agreement.

Each advisory and subadvisory agreement provides that the Adviser or Subadviser shall not be subject to any liability in connection with the performance of its services thereunder in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties.

The Adviser oversees the portfolio management services provided to the applicable Fund by the Subadviser. Subject to the review of the Board, the Adviser monitors the Subadviser to assure that the Subadviser is managing the Fund’s assets consistently with the Fund’s investment objective and restrictions and applicable laws and guidelines, including, but not limited to, compliance with the diversification requirements set forth in the 1940 Act and Subchapter M of the Code. The Adviser will provide, or cause the Fund’s custodian to provide, information to the Subadviser regarding the composition of assets of the applicable Fund and the assets to be invested and reinvested by the Subadviser. The Adviser does not determine which securities will be purchased or sold for the Fund.

The Adviser may terminate any subadvisory agreement without shareholder approval. In such case, the Adviser will either manage the Fund’s assets itself or, subject to the receipt of any necessary shareholder approvals, retain one or more subadvisers to manage some or all of the Fund’s assets.

Distribution Agreements and Rule 12b-1 Plans

Under a separate agreement with each Fund, the Distributor serves as the principal distributor of each class of shares of the Funds. The Distributor’s principal business address is 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197. Under these agreements (the “Distribution Agreements”), the Distributor conducts a continuous offering and is not obligated to sell a specific number of shares. The Distributor bears the cost of making information about the Funds available through advertising and other means, printing and mailing Prospectuses to persons other than shareholders and providing compensation to underwriters, broker-dealers and sales personnel. Each Fund pays the cost of registering and qualifying its shares under state and federal securities laws and distributing Prospectuses to existing shareholders.

 

83


The Distributor is compensated under each agreement through receipt of the sales charges on Class A and Class T shares described below under “Net Asset Value” and is paid by the Funds the service and distribution fees described in the applicable Prospectus. The Distributor may, at its discretion, reallow the entire sales charge imposed on the sale of Class A, Class C and Class T shares of a Fund to investment dealers from time to time. The SEC is of the view that dealers receiving all or substantially all of the sales charge may be deemed underwriters of a Fund’s shares.

Each of the Funds has adopted Rule 12b-1 plans (the “Plans”) for its Class A, Class C and Class T shares. Class N and Class Y shares have no such plans. The Plans, among other things, permit the applicable class of shares to pay the Distributor monthly fees out of its net assets. These fees consist of a service fee and a distribution fee. Certain Distributor fees that are paid by a distributor to securities dealers are known as “trail commissions.” Pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, each Plan was approved by the shareholders of each Fund, and (together with the related Distribution Agreement) by the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust.

Under the Plans, each Fund pays the Distributor a monthly service fee at an annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the Class A, Class C and Class T shares. In the case of Class C shares, the Distributor retains the first year’s service fee of 0.25% assessed against such shares. For Class A, Class T and, after the first year, for Class C shares, the Distributor may pay up to the entire amount of this fee to securities dealers who are dealers of record with respect to the Fund’s shares, on a quarterly basis, unless other arrangements are made between the Distributor and the securities dealer, for providing personal services to investors in shares of the Funds and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. This service fee will accrue to securities dealers of record immediately with respect to reinvested income dividends and capital gain distributions of each Fund’s Class A and Class T shares.

The service fees on Class A and Class T shares may be paid only to reimburse the Distributor for expenses of providing personal services to investors, including, but not limited to, (i) expenses (including overhead expenses) of the Distributor for providing personal services to investors in connection with the maintenance of shareholder accounts and (ii) payments made by the Distributor to any securities dealer or other organization (including, but not limited to, any affiliate of the Distributor) with which the Distributor has entered into a written agreement for this purpose, for providing personal services to investors and/or the maintenance of shareholder accounts, which payments to any such organization may be in amounts in excess of the cost incurred by such organization in connection therewith.

Each Fund’s Class C shares also pay the Distributor a monthly distribution fee at an annual rate of 0.75% of the average net assets of the respective Fund’s Class C shares. The Distributor retains the 0.75% distribution fee assessed against Class C shares during the first year of investment. After the first year for Class C shares, the Distributor may pay up to the entire amount of this fee to securities dealers who are dealers of record with respect to the Fund’s shares, as distribution fees in connection with the sale of the Fund’s shares on a quarterly basis, unless other arrangements are made between the Distributor and the securities dealer. As stated in the Prospectuses, investors will not be permitted to purchase $1,000,000 or more of Class C shares as a single investment per account.

Each Plan may be terminated by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of shares of the relevant Fund. Each Plan may be amended by vote of the relevant Trustees, including a majority of the relevant Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose. Any change in any Plan that would materially increase the fees payable thereunder by the relevant class of shares of the relevant Fund requires approval by a vote of the holders of a majority of such shares outstanding. The Trustees review quarterly a written report of such costs and the purposes for which such costs have been incurred. For so long as a Plan is in effect, selection and nomination of those Trustees who are Independent Trustees of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of such Trustees.

Fees paid by Class A, Class C or Class T shares of any Fund may indirectly support sales and servicing efforts relating to shares of the other series of the Natixis Funds Trusts or the Loomis Sayles Funds Trusts. In reporting its expenses to the Trustees, the Distributor itemizes expenses that relate to the distribution and/or servicing of a single fund’s shares, and allocates other expenses among the relevant funds based on their relative net assets or relative sales. Expenses allocated to each Fund are further allocated among its classes of shares annually based on the relative sales of each class, except for any expenses that relate only to the sale or servicing of a single class.

 

84


The Distributor has entered into selling agreements with investment dealers, including affiliates of the Distributor, for the sale of the Funds’ shares. As described in more detail below, the Distributor, Natixis Advisors, and their affiliates may, at their expense, may pay additional amounts to dealers who have selling agreements with the Distributor. Class Y shares of the Funds may be offered by registered representatives of certain affiliates who are also employees of Natixis US and may receive compensation from an Adviser with respect to sales of Class Y shares.

The Distribution Agreement for any Fund may be terminated at any time on 60 days’ written notice without payment of any penalty by the Distributor or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant Fund or by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees.

The Distribution Agreements and the Plans will continue in effect for successive one-year periods, provided that each such continuance is specifically approved (i) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the entire Board cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose, or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding securities of a Fund (or the relevant class, in the case of the Plans).

With the exception of the Distributor, its affiliated companies and those Trustees that are not Independent Trustees, no interested person of the Trust or any Trustee of the Trust had any direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plans or any related agreement. Benefits to the Funds and their shareholders resulting from the Plans are believed to include (1) enhanced shareholder service, (2) asset retention, and (3) enhanced portfolio management opportunities and bargaining position with third-party service providers and economies of scale arising from having asset levels higher than they would be if the Plans were not in place.

The Distributor controls the word “Natixis” in the names of the Natixis Funds Trusts and if it should cease to be the principal distributor of such Funds’ shares, the Trust may be required to change its name and delete these words or letters. The Distributor also acts as principal distributor for Natixis Funds Trust I, Natixis Funds Trust IV, Loomis Sayles Funds I, Loomis Sayles Funds II and Gateway Trust. The address of the Distributor is 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197.

For Class A shares, the service fee is payable only to reimburse the Distributor for amounts it pays in connection with providing personal services to investors and/or maintaining shareholder accounts. The portion of the various fees and expenses for Class A, Class C, and Class T shares that are paid (reallowed) to securities dealers are shown below.

Global Growth Fund and Select Fund

Class A

 

Cumulative Investment

  Maximum
Sales Charge Paid
by Investors
(% of offering price)
    Maximum
Reallowance or
Commission

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
First Year
Service Fee
(% of net investment)
    Maximum
First Year
Compensation

(% of offering price)
 

Less than $50,000

    5.75     5.00     0.25     5.25

$50,000 – $99,999

    4.50     4.00     0.25     4.25

$100,000 – $249,999

    3.50     3.00     0.25     3.25

$250,000 – $499,999

    2.50     2.15     0.25     2.40

$500,000 – $999,999

    2.00     1.70     0.25     1.95

Investments of $1,000,000 or More(1)(2)

 

Up to $2,999,999

    none       1.00     0.25     1.25

$3,000,000 to $4,999,999

    none       0.75     0.25     1.00

Excess over $5,000,000

    none       0.50     0.25     0.75

Investments with No Sales Charge (3)

    none       0.00     0.25     0.25

 

(1)

Commissions are based on cumulative investments over the life of the account with no adjustment for redemptions, transfers or market declines. For example, if a shareholder has accumulated investments in excess of $5,000,000 and subsequently redeems all or a portion of the account(s), purchases following the redemption will generate a dealer commission of 0.50%.

(2)

A securities dealer may elect, at the time of the investment, to waive their commission on investments of $1,000,000 or more. In such cases, investments will be processed as “Investment with no Sales Charge” as described above. No CDSC will be applied to these investments.

(3)

Refers to any investments made by investors not subject to a sales charge as described in the Prospectus in the section “How Sales Charges Are Calculated.”

 

85


Class C

 

Investment

  Maximum
Front-End Sales
Charge Paid by
Investors

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
Reallowance or
Commission

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
First Year
Service Fee
(% of net investment)
    Maximum
First Year
Compensation

(% of offering price)
 

All amounts for Class C

    none       1.00     0.00     1.00

Class T

 

Cumulative Investment

   Maximum
Sales Charge Paid
by Investors
(% of offering price)
    Maximum
Reallowance or
Commission

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
First Year
Service Fee
(% of net investment)
    Maximum
First Year
Compensation

(% of offering price)
 

Less than $250,000

     2.50     2.50     0.25     2.75

$250,000 – $499,999

     2.00     2.00     0.25     2.25

$500,000 – $999,999

     1.50     1.50     0.25     1.75

$1,000,000 and above

     1.00     1.00     0.25     1.25

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

Class A

 

Investment

  Maximum
Sales Charge Paid
by Investors
(% of offering price)
    Maximum
Reallowance or
Commission

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
First Year
Service Fee
(% of net investment)
    Maximum
First Year
Compensation

(% of offering price)
 

Less than $100,000

    3.50     3.00     0.25     3.25

$100,000 – $249,999

    3.00     2.70     0.25     2.95

$250,000 – $499,999

    2.25     1.95     0.25     2.20

$500,000 – $999,999

    1.75     1.45     0.25     1.70

Investments of $1,000,000 or more(1)(2)

 

Up to $2,999,999

    none       1.00     0.25     1.25

$3,000,000 to $4,999,999

    none       0.75     0.25     1.00

Excess over $5,000,000

    none       0.50     0.25     0.75

Investments with No Sales Charge (3)

    none       0.00     0.25     0.25

 

(1)

Commissions are based on cumulative investments over the life of the account with no adjustment for redemptions, transfers or market declines. For example, if a shareholder has accumulated investments in excess of $5,000,000 and subsequently redeems all or a portion of the account(s), purchases following the redemption will generate a dealer commission of 0.50%.

(2)

A securities dealer may elect, at the time of the investment, to waive their commission on investments of $1,000,000 or more. In such cases, investments will be processed as “Investment with no Sales Charge” as described above. No CDSC will be applied to these investments.

(3)

Refers to any investments made by investors not subject to a sales charge as described in the Prospectus in the section “How Sales Charges Are Calculated.”

Class C

 

Investment

  Maximum
Front-End Sales
Charge Paid by
Investors

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
Reallowance or
Commission

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
First Year
Service Fee
(% of net investment)
    Maximum
First Year
Compensation

(% of offering price)
 

All amounts for Class C

    none       1.00     0.00     1.00

 

86


Class T

 

Cumulative Investment

   Maximum
Sales Charge Paid
by Investors
(% of offering price)
    Maximum
Reallowance or
Commission

(% of offering price)
    Maximum
First Year
Service Fee
(% of net investment)
    Maximum
First Year
Compensation

(% of offering price)
 

Less than $250,000

     2.50     2.50     0.25     2.75

$250,000 – $499,999

     2.00     2.00     0.25     2.25

$500,000 – $999,999

     1.50     1.50     0.25     1.75

$1,000,000 and above

     1.00     1.00     0.25     1.25

All Funds

As described in the Prospectuses, each purchase or sale of shares is effected at the NAV next determined after an order is received, less any applicable sales charge. The sales charge is allocated between the investment dealer and the Distributor, as indicated in the tables above. The Distributor receives the contingent deferred sales charge (the “CDSC”). Proceeds from the CDSC on Class A and Class C shares are paid to the Distributor and are used by the Distributor to defray the expenses for services the Distributor provides to the Trust. The Distributor may, at its discretion, pay (reallow) the entire sales charge imposed on the sale of Class A and Class T shares to investment dealers from time to time.

For new amounts invested at NAV by an eligible governmental authority, the Distributor may, at its expense, pay investment dealers a commission of 0.025% of the average daily net assets of an account at the end of each calendar quarter for up to one year. These commissions are not payable if the purchase represents the reinvestment of redemption proceeds from any other Natixis Fund or if the account is registered in street name.

The Funds may pay fees to intermediaries such as banks, broker-dealers, financial advisers or other financial institutions for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency and other services, including, but not limited to, recordkeeping, shareholder or participant reporting or shareholder or participant recordkeeping (“recordkeeping and processing-related services”) associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus, other group accounts (for example, 401(k) plans) or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents. These fees are paid directly or indirectly by the Funds (with the exception of Class N shares, which do not bear such expenses) in light of the fact that other costs may be avoided by the Funds where the intermediary, not the Funds’ service providers, provides shareholder services to Fund shareholders. The intermediary may impose other account or service charges directly on account holders or participants. In addition, depending on the arrangements, the Funds’ Advisers and/or Distributor or their affiliates may, out of their own resources, compensate such financial intermediaries or their agents directly or indirectly for such recordkeeping and processing-related services; such payments will not be made with respect to Class N shares. The services provided and related payments vary from firm to firm. Under these programs, the Distributor may enter into administrative services agreements with intermediaries pursuant to which intermediaries will provide sub-transfer agency services, sub-administrative services and other services with respect to the Funds. These services may include, but are not limited to, shareholder record set-up and maintenance, account statement preparation and mailing, transaction processing and settlement and account level tax reporting. The Distributor is reimbursed by the Funds for all or a portion of any fees paid to intermediaries by the Distributor on behalf of the Funds. In certain cases, a recipient of 12b-1 distribution payments, shareholder servicing payments or revenue sharing payments may rebate some or all of such amounts to its clients or plan participants, or use such amounts to defray client or plan expenses. For more information, investors should contact their financial representatives or plan administrator.

Additional Payments

The Distributor, each Adviser and their affiliates may, out of their own resources, make additional payments to financial intermediaries who sell shares of the Funds (with the exception of Class N shares, for which such additional payments are not made). Such payments and compensation are in addition to any fees paid or reimbursed by the Funds. These payments may include: (i) full reallowance of the sales charge of Class A and Class T shares, (ii) additional compensation with respect to the sale and/or servicing of Class A, Class C, Class N, Class T and Class Y shares, (iii) payments based upon various factors described below, and (iv) financial assistance programs to firms who sell or arrange for the sale of Fund shares including, but not limited to, remuneration for: the firm’s internal sales contests and incentive programs, marketing and sales fees, expenses related to advertising or promotional activity and events, and shareholder record keeping, sub-transfer agency or miscellaneous administrative services. From its own profits and resources, the Distributor may, from time to time, make payments to qualified wholesalers, registered financial institutions and third-party marketers for marketing support services and/or retention of assets (with the exception of Class N shares, for which such additional payments are not made). Among others, the Distributor has agreed to make such payments for marketing support services to AXA Advisors, LLC. In addition to marketing and/or financial support payments described above, payment for travel, lodging and related expenses may be provided for

 

87


attendance at Fund seminars and conferences (e.g., due diligence meetings held for training and educational purposes). The Distributor intends that the payment of these concessions and any other compensation offered will conform with state and federal laws and the rules of any self-regulatory organization, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The participation of such firms in financial assistance programs is at the discretion of the firm and the Distributor. The payments described in (iii) above may be based on sales (generally ranging from 0.05% to 0.25% of gross sales) and/or the amount of assets a financial intermediary’s clients have invested in the Funds (at annual rates generally ranging from 0.03% to 0.35% of the value of the clients’ shares). The actual payment rates to a financial intermediary will depend upon how the particular arrangement is structured (e.g., solely asset-based fees, solely sales-based fees or a combination of both) and other factors such as the length of time assets have remained invested in the Funds, redemption rates and the willingness of the financial intermediary to provide access to its representatives for educational and marketing purposes. The payments to financial intermediaries described in this section and elsewhere in this Statement, which may be significant to the financial intermediaries, may create an incentive for a financial intermediary or its representatives to recommend or sell shares of a particular Fund or shares class over other mutual funds or share classes. Additionally, these payments may result in the Fund’s inclusion on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list, or in other sales programs. Investors should contact their financial representative for details about the payment the financial intermediaries may receive.

From time to time, the Funds’ service providers, or any of their affiliates, may also pay non-cash compensation to the sales representatives of financial intermediaries in the form of (i) occasional gifts; (ii) occasional meals, tickets or other entertainment; and/or (iii) sponsorship support of regional events of intermediaries.

Dealers may charge their customers a processing fee or service fee in connection with the purchase or redemption of fund shares. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by its individual dealer. Processing or service fees typically are fixed, nominal dollar amounts and are in addition to the sales and other charges described in the Prospectuses and this Statement. Customers will be provided with specific information about any processing or service fees charged by their dealer.

The commissions and sales charges for Natixis Funds Trust II for the last three fiscal years were allocated as set forth below.

NATIXIS FUNDS TRUST II1

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year Ended
11/30/22
 

Total commissions on sales of Class A shares

   $ 38,924      $ 100,828      $ 101,175  

Amount reallowed to other securities dealers

   $ 33,849      $ 86,812      $ 86,906  

Amount retained by Distributor

   $ 5,075      $ 14,017      $ 14,269  

Total CDSCs on redemptions of Classes A and C shares

   $ 80,036      $ 5,068      $ 14,103  

Amount retained by Distributor

   $ 80,036      $ 5,068      $ 14,103  

 

Information is only provided for the Funds in this Statement as listed on the cover page.

1

See the section “Other Arrangements” for information about amounts received by the Distributor from the Trust’s investment advisers and subadvisers or the Funds directly for providing certain administrative services relating to the Trust.

Class T shares have not commenced operations and thus the Trust has not paid any sales charges for Class T shares as of the date of this Statement.

OTHER ARRANGEMENTS

Administrative Services. Natixis Advisors, 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197, performs certain accounting and administrative services for the Funds, pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement dated January 1, 2005, as amended from time to time (the “Administrative Agreement”). Under the Administrative Agreement,

 

88


Natixis Advisors provides the following services to the Funds: (i) personnel that perform bookkeeping, accounting, internal auditing and financial reporting functions and clerical functions relating to the Funds, (ii) services required in connection with the preparation of registration statements and Prospectuses, registration of shares in various states, shareholder reports and notices, proxy solicitation material furnished to shareholders of the Funds or regulatory authorities and reports and questionnaires for SEC compliance, (iii) the various registrations and filings required by various regulatory authorities, and (iv) consultation and legal advice on Fund-related matters.

For these services, Natixis Advisors received the following fees from the Funds for the last three fiscal years.

 

Fund

   Fiscal Year
Ended
11/30/20
     Fiscal Year
Ended
11/30/21
     Fiscal Year
Ended
11/30/22
 
     Fee      Fee      Fee  

Global Growth Fund

        

Gross Administrative Fees

   $ 35,027      $ 53,424      $ 50,488  

Waiver of Administrative Fees

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Net Administrative Fees

   $ 35,027      $ 53,424      $ 50,488  

Select Fund

        

Gross Administrative Fees

   $ 85,639      $ 90,790      $ 134,144  

Waiver of Administrative Fees

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Net Administrative Fees

   $ 85,639      $ 90,790      $ 134,144  

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

        

Gross Administrative Fees

   $ 693,693      $ 593,560      $ 629,723  

Waiver of Administrative Fees

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Net Administrative Fees

   $ 693,693      $ 593,560      $ 629,723  

Support Services. Pursuant to an intercompany agreement between Loomis Sayles and Natixis Advisors, Natixis Advisors provides various marketing, relationship management, and support services to the Global Growth Fund, Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund and Loomis Sayles. Loomis Sayles, and not the Funds, pays Natixis Advisors for these services.

Custodial Arrangements. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street Bank”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian for the Trust. As such, State Street Bank holds in safekeeping certificated securities and cash belonging to each Fund and, in such capacity, is the registered owner of securities in book-entry form belonging to each Fund. Upon instruction, State Street Bank receives and delivers cash and securities of each Fund in connection with Fund transactions and collects all dividends and other distributions made with respect to Fund portfolio securities. State Street Bank also maintains certain accounts and records of the Trust and calculates the total NAV, total net income and NAV per share of each Fund on a daily basis.

Transfer Agency Services. Pursuant to a contract between the Trust, on behalf of each Fund, and SS&C Global Investor & Distribution Solutions, Inc. (“SS&C GIDS” or the “Transfer Agent”) (formerly, DST Asset Managers Solutions, Inc)., whose principal business address is 2000 Crown Colony Drive, Quincy, MA 02169, SS&C GIDS acts as shareholder servicing and transfer agent and dividend paying agent for the Funds and is responsible for services in connection with the establishment, maintenance and recording of shareholder accounts, including all related tax and other reporting requirements and the implementation of investment and redemption arrangements offered in connection with the sale of the Funds’ shares.

From time to time, the Funds, directly or indirectly through arrangements with an Adviser or the Transfer Agent, may pay amounts to third parties that provide recordkeeping and other administrative services relating to a Fund to persons who beneficially own interests in the Fund, such as shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus, other group accounts (for example, 401(k) plans) or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents. See the section “Distribution Agreements and Rule 12b-1 Plans.”

 

89


Transfer Agency Expenses. Natixis Advisors has given a binding contractual undertaking to each Fund to reimburse any and all transfer agency expenses for Class N shares. This undertaking is in effect through March 31, 2024 and may be terminated before then only with the consent of the Board. For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022, Natixis Advisors reimbursed the Global Growth Fund $1,100, the Select Fund $1,040 and Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund $1,017 for transfer agency expenses related to Class N shares.

Natixis Advisors has given a binding contractual undertaking to reimburse the Class N shares of the Funds for any and all transfer agency expenses attributable to accounts admitted to Class N via a prospectus provision that allows the Distributor, at its sole discretion, to waive the investment minimum for accounts as to which the relevant financial intermediary has provided assurances, in writing, that the accounts will be held in omnibus fashion beginning no more than two years following the establishment date of such accounts in Class N. Such reimbursement will be in effect during the period June 9, 2022 to March 31, 2024 and may be terminated before then only with the consent of the Board.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm is PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at 101 Seaport Blvd., Boston, MA 02210. The independent registered public accounting firm conducts an annual audit of each Fund’s financial statements, assists in the review of federal and state income tax returns and consults with the Trust as to matters of accounting and federal and state income taxation. The financial highlights in the Prospectus for the Funds, and the financial statements contained in those Funds’ annual report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2022 and incorporated by reference into this Statement, have been so included in reliance on the reports of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Counsel to the Funds. Ropes & Gray LLP, located at Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199, serves as counsel to the Funds.

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT INFORMATION

Portfolio Managers’ Management of Other Accounts

As of November 30, 2022, the portfolio managers of the Funds managed other accounts in addition to managing one or more of the Funds. The following table provides information on the other accounts managed by each portfolio manager.

 

    Registered Investment
Companies
    Other Pooled Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Other Accounts
Managed
    Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance
    Other Accounts
Managed
    Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance
    Other Accounts
Managed
    Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance
 

Name of Portfolio
Manager

  # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
 

John R. Bell

    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       3     $ 1.2 billion       0     $ 0       8     $ 129.1 million       0     $ 0  

Aziz V. Hamzaogullari

    29     $ 21.2 billion       0     $ 0       19     $ 10.6 billion       3     $ 318.4 million       121     $ 23.7 billion       1     $ 296.3 million  

Michael L. Klawitter

    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       3     $ 1.2 billion       0     $ 0       6     $ 119.01 million       0     $ 0  

Chris D. Wallis

    11     $ 2.76 billion       0       0       5     $ 215.6 million       0       0       288     $ 6.5 billion       16     $ 725 million  

 

90


    Registered Investment
Companies
    Other Pooled Investment Vehicles     Other Accounts  
    Other Accounts
Managed
    Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance
    Other Accounts
Managed
    Advisory Fee is
Based on
Performance
    Other Accounts
Managed
    Advisory Fee is Based
on Performance
 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
    # of
Accts
    Total
Assets
 

Scott J. Weber

    5     $ 764.4 million       0       0       2     $ 116.2 million       0       0       160     $ 4.09 billion       15     $ 717.5 million  

Heather M. Young

    0     $ 0       0     $ 0       3     $ 1.2 billion       0     $ 0       9     $ 118.7 million       0     $ 0  

Material Conflicts of Interest

Conflicts of interest may arise in the allocation of investment opportunities and the allocation of aggregated orders among the Funds and other accounts managed by the portfolio managers. A portfolio manager potentially could give favorable treatment to some accounts for a variety of reasons, including favoring larger accounts, accounts that pay higher fees, accounts that pay performance-based fees, accounts of affiliated companies and accounts in which the portfolio manager has an interest. In addition, due to differences in the investment strategies or restrictions among a Fund and a portfolio manager’s other accounts, the portfolio manager may take action with respect to another account that differs from the action taken with respect to a Fund. Although such favorable treatment could lead to more favorable investment opportunities or allocations for some accounts and may appear to create additional conflicts of interest for the portfolio manager in the allocation of management time and resources, each Adviser and Subadviser strives to ensure that portfolio managers endeavor to exercise their discretion in a manner that is equitable to all interested persons. Furthermore, each Adviser and Subadviser makes investment decisions for all accounts (including institutional accounts, mutual funds, hedge funds and affiliated accounts) based on each account’s investment objectives, investment guidelines and restrictions, the availability of other comparable investment opportunities, and each Adviser and Subadviser’s desire to treat all accounts fairly and equitably over time. Each Adviser and Subadviser has adopted policies and procedures to mitigate the effects of these potential conflicts as well as other types of conflicts of interests. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation where a conflict arises or that each Adviser and Subadviser will treat all accounts identically. For more information on how each Adviser and Subadviser allocates investment opportunities between the Funds and their other clients, see the section “Allocation of Investment Opportunity Among Natixis Funds Trusts and Other Accounts Managed by the Advisers and/or Subadviser; Cross Relationships of Officers and Trustees” in this Statement. Conflicts of interest also arise to the extent a portfolio manager short sells a stock or otherwise takes a short position in one client account but holds that stock long in other accounts, including the Funds, or sells a stock for some accounts while buying the stock for others, and through the use of “soft dollar arrangements,” which are discussed in the section “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage.”

Portfolio Managers’ Compensation

The following describes the structure of, and the method used to determine, the compensation of each of the above-listed portfolio managers as of November 30, 2022:

Loomis Sayles

Global Growth Fund’s Portfolio Manager Compensation. Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Mr. Hamzaogullari’s compensation has four components: a competitive base salary, an annual incentive bonus driven by investment performance, participation in a long-term incentive plan (with an annual and a post-retirement payout), and a revenue sharing bonus if certain revenue thresholds and performance hurdles are met. Maximum variable compensation potential is a multiple of base salary and reflects performance achievements relative to peers with similar disciplines. The performance review considers the asset class, manager experience, and maturity of the product. The incentive compensation is based on trailing strategy performance and is weighted at one third for the three-year period, one third for the five-year period and one third for the ten-year period. He also receives performance based compensation as portfolio manager for a private investment fund. The firm’s senior management reviews the components annually.

 

91


In addition, Mr. Hamzaogullari participates in the Loomis Sayles profit sharing plan, in which Loomis Sayles makes a contribution to the retirement plan of each employee based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). He may also participate in the Loomis Sayles deferred compensation plan which requires all employees to defer 50% of their annual bonus if in excess of a certain dollar amount, except for those employees who will be age 61 or older on the date the bonus is awarded. These amounts are deferred over a two year period with 50% being paid out one year from the bonus anniversary date and the second 50% being paid out two years from the bonus anniversary date. These deferrals are deposited into an investment account on the employee’s behalf, but the employee must be with Loomis Sayles on the vesting dates in order to receive the deferred bonus.

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund’s Portfolio Managers Compensation. Loomis Sayles believes that portfolio manager compensation should be driven primarily by the delivery of consistent and superior long-term performance for its clients. Although portfolio manager compensation is not directly tied to assets under management, a portfolio manager’s base salary and/or bonus potential may reflect the amount of assets for which the manager is responsible relative to other portfolio managers. The annual bonus is incentive-based and generally represents a significant multiple of base salary. The bonus is based on three factors: investment performance, profit growth of the firm, and personal conduct. Investment performance is the primary component of the annual bonus and generally represents at least 60 % of the total for fixed-income managers. The other factors are used to determine the remainder of the annual incentive bonus, subject to the discretion of the firm’s Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) and senior management. The firm’s CIO and senior management evaluate these other factors annually.

The investment performance component of the annual incentive bonus depends primarily on investment performance against benchmark and/or against peers within similar disciplines. The score is based upon the product’s institutional composite performance; however, adjustments may be made if there is significant dispersion among the returns of the composite and accounts not included in the composite. For most products, the product investment score compares the product’s rolling three year performance over the past nine quarters (a five year view) against both a benchmark and a peer group established by the CIO. The scoring rewards

 

92


both the aggregate excess performance of the product against a benchmark and the product’s relative rank within a peer group. In addition, for fixed income products, the performance score rewards for the consistency of that outperformance and is enhanced if over the past five years it has kept its rolling three-year performance ahead of its benchmark. Managers working on several product teams receive a final score based on the relative revenue weight of each product.

Portfolio managers may also participate in the three segments of the long-term incentive program. The amount of the awards for each segment are dependent upon role, industry experience, team and firm profitability, and/or investment performance.

General

The core elements of the Loomis Sayles compensation plan include a base salary, an annual incentive bonus, and, for senior investor and leadership roles, a long-term incentive bonus. The base salary is a fixed amount based on a combination of factors, including industry experience, firm experience, job performance and market considerations. The annual incentive bonus and long term incentive bonus is driven by a variety of factors depending upon the specific role. Factors include investment performance, individual performance, team and firm profitability, role, and industry experience. Both the annual and long term bonus have a deferral component. Loomis Sayles has developed and implemented three long-term incentive plan segments to attract and retain investment talent.

For the senior-most investment roles, a Long Term Incentive Plan provides annual grants relative to the role, and includes a post retirement payment feature to incentivize effective succession management. Participation is contingent upon signing an award agreement, which includes a non-compete covenant.

The second and third Long Term Incentive Plans are constructed to create mid- term alignment for key positions, including a two year deferral feature. The second plan is role based, and the third is team based which is more specifically dependent upon team profitability and/or investment performance.

In addition, Loomis Sayles also offers a profit sharing plan for all employees and a defined benefit plan for employees who joined the firm prior to May 3, 2003. The profit sharing contribution to the retirement plan of each employee is based on a percentage of base salary (up to a maximum amount). The defined benefit plan is based on years of service and base compensation (up to a maximum amount).

 

93


Vaughan Nelson

The compensation program at Vaughan Nelson is designed to align the interests of portfolio management professionals with the interests of clients and Vaughan Nelson by retaining top-performing employees and creating incentives to enhance Vaughan Nelson’s long-term success.

Compensation of portfolio management professionals includes a fixed base salary, a variable bonus and deferral plan and a contribution to the firm’s retirement plan.

All portfolio management professionals (at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of the Vaughan Nelson Board) participate in the variable bonus and deferral plan component which, as a whole, is based upon a percentage of Vaughan Nelson’s net profit. Each portfolio management professional’s participation in the variable bonus and deferral plan is based upon many factors, including but not limited to:

 

   

Performance of the strategy managed (both absolute and relative to peers);

 

   

Amount of revenue derived from the strategy managed;

 

   

Contribution to the development and execution of the firm’s investment philosophy and process; and

 

   

Participation and effectiveness in performing client service activities and marketing initiatives.

The degree to which any one factor influences participation in the bonus pool will vary between individuals and over time. A portion of the variable bonus is subject to deferral and each participant has the option to invest the deferral into Vaughan Nelson managed product(s) while it vests. Each year’s deferral is paid out over a period of three years. Payments are conditioned upon compliance with non-compete and non-solicitation arrangements.

The contribution to the firm’s retirement plan is based on a percentage (at the discretion of the Vaughan Nelson Board) of total cash compensation (subject to the IRS limits) and such percentage is the same for all firm personnel. Compensation at Vaughan Nelson is determined by the Compensation Committee at the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.

There is no distinction for purposes of compensation between the Select Fund and any other accounts managed.

Portfolio Managers’ Ownership of Fund Shares

As of November 30, 2022, the portfolio managers had the following ownership in the Funds:

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

  

Fund(s) Managed

  

Dollar Range of Equity

Securities Invested*

John R. Bell    Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund    E
Aziz V. Hamzaogullari    Global Growth Fund    G
Michael L. Klawitter    Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund    E
Chris D. Wallis    Select Fund    A
Scott J. Weber    Select Fund    E
Heather M. Young    Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund    E

 

* 

A. None

 

  B.

$1 – $10,000

 

  C.

$10,001 – $50,000

 

  D.

$50,001 – $100,000

 

  E.

$100,001 – $500,000

 

  F.

$500,001 – $1,000,000

 

  G.

over $1,000,000

 

94


There are various reasons why a portfolio manager may not own shares of the Fund he or she manages. One reason is that a Fund’s investment objectives and strategies may not match those of the portfolio manager’s personal investment objective. In addition, portfolio managers may invest in other funds or pooled investment vehicles or separate accounts managed by the portfolio manager in a similar style to the Fund managed by such portfolio manager. Administrative reasons (such as facilitating compliance with an Adviser’s code of ethics) also may explain why a portfolio manager has chosen not to invest in the Funds.

Allocation of Investment Opportunity Among Natixis Funds Trusts and Other Accounts Managed by the Advisers and/or Subadviser; Cross Relationships of Officers and Trustees

Loomis Sayles. Loomis Sayles has organized its business into two investment groups: The Fixed Income Group and The Equity Group. The Fixed Income Group and the Equity Group make investment decisions for the funds managed by Loomis Sayles. The groups make investment decisions independently of one another. These groups also have responsibility for the management of other client portfolios. The other investment companies and clients served by Loomis Sayles’ investment platforms sometimes invest in securities in which the Funds (or segments thereof) advised or subadvised by Loomis Sayles also invest. If one of these Funds and such other clients advised or subadvised by the same investment group of Loomis Sayles desire to buy or sell the same portfolio securities at or about the same time, the respective group allocates purchases and sales, to the extent practicable, on a pro rata basis in proportion to the amount desired to be purchased or sold for each fund or client advised or subadvised by that investment group. It is recognized that in some cases the practices described in this paragraph could have a detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities which each of the Funds purchases or sells. In other cases, however, it is believed that these practices may benefit the relevant Fund. The goal of Loomis Sayles’ policies and procedures is to act in good faith and to treat all client accounts in a fair and equitable manner over time, regardless of their strategy or fee arrangements. These policies include those addressing the fair allocation of investment opportunities across client accounts.

Vaughan Nelson. In addition to managing the Select Fund, Vaughan Nelson serves as investment adviser to foundations, university endowments, corporate retirement plans and family/individual funds. Portfolio transactions for each client account are either completed independently, or, when decisions are made to purchase or sell the same securities for a number of client accounts simultaneously, through a “blocked order.” Investments decisions are typically implemented across all accounts managed within a particular strategy through a blocked order. Blocked orders are averaged as to price and are generally allocated on a pro rata basis based upon the actual purchase or sell orders placed for each security. Block orders are undertaken when possible to facilitate best execution, as well as for the purpose of negotiating more favorable brokerage commissions.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

In placing orders for the purchase and sale of equity securities, each Adviser or Subadviser selects only brokers that it believes are financially responsible, will provide efficient and effective services in executing, clearing and settling an order and will charge commission rates that, when combined with the quality of the foregoing services, will produce the best price and execution for the transaction. This does not necessarily mean that the lowest available brokerage commission, if any, will be paid. However, the commissions charged are believed to be competitive with generally prevailing rates. Each Adviser or Subadviser will use its best efforts to obtain information as to the general level of commission rates, if any, being charged by the brokerage community from time to time and will evaluate the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions, if any, paid on transactions by reference to such data. In making such evaluation, factors affecting liquidity and execution of the order, as well as the amount of the capital commitment by the broker in connection with the order, are taken into account. An Adviser or Subadviser may place orders for the Funds which, combined with orders for the Adviser’s/Subadviser’s other clients, may impact the price of the relevant security. This could cause the Funds to obtain a worse price on the transaction than would otherwise be the case if the orders were placed in smaller amounts or spread out over a longer period of time.

Subject to the overriding objective of obtaining the best possible execution of orders, an Adviser or Subadviser may allocate brokerage transactions to affiliated brokers. Any such transactions will comply with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act. In order for the affiliated broker to effect portfolio transactions for the Funds, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by the affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees and other remuneration paid to other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period. Furthermore, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, has adopted procedures that are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker are consistent with the foregoing standard.

 

95


Transactions on stock, option, and futures exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In the case of securities traded in the OTC market, there is generally no stated commission but the price usually includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up.

Loomis Sayles

Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund

In placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities, Loomis Sayles selects only brokers dealers that it believes are financially responsible, will provide efficient and effective services in executing, clearing and settling an order and will charge spreads, when combined with the quality of the foregoing services, will produce the best price and execution for the transaction. Fixed-income securities are generally purchased from the issuer or a primary market maker acting as principal on a net basis with no brokerage commission paid by the Fund.

Global Growth Fund

In placing orders for the purchase and sale of equity securities for the Fund, Loomis Sayles selects only brokers that it believes are financially responsible, will provide efficient and effective services in executing, clearing and settling an order and will charge commission rates that, when combined with the quality of the foregoing services, will produce the best price and execution for the transaction. This does not necessarily mean that the lowest available brokerage commission, if any, will be paid. However, the commissions charged are believed to be competitive with generally prevailing rates. Loomis Sayles will use its best efforts to obtain information as to the general level of commission rates being charged by the brokerage community from time to time and will evaluate the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions, if any, paid on transactions by reference to such data. In making such evaluation, factors affecting liquidity and execution of the order, as well as the amount of the capital commitment by the broker in connection with the order, are taken into account. Loomis Sayles may place orders for the Fund which, combined with orders for its other clients, may impact the price of the relevant security. This could cause the Funds to obtain a worse price on the transaction than would otherwise be the case if the orders were placed in smaller amounts or spread out over a longer period of time.

Subject to the overriding objective of obtaining the best possible execution of orders, Loomis Sayles may allocate brokerage transactions to affiliated brokers. Any such transactions will comply with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act. In order for the affiliated broker to effect portfolio transactions for the Fund, the commissions, fees or other remuneration received by the affiliated broker must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees and other remuneration paid to other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period. Furthermore, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, has adopted procedures that are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker are consistent with the foregoing standard.

As discussed in more detail below, Loomis Sayles’ receipt of brokerage and research products may sometimes be a factor in Loomis Sayles’ selection of a broker or dealer to execute transactions for the Fund, subject to Loomis Sayles’ duty to seek best execution of the transactions. Such brokerage and research services may be paid for with Loomis Sayles’ own assets or may, in connection with transactions in securities effected for client accounts for which Loomis Sayles exercises investment discretion, be paid for with client commissions (the latter, sometimes referred to as “soft dollars”).

Generally, Loomis Sayles seeks to obtain quality executions at favorable security prices and at competitive commission rates, where applicable, through brokers and dealers who, in Loomis Sayles’ opinion, can provide the best overall net results for its clients. Transactions in equity securities are frequently executed through a primary market maker, but may also be executed on an Electronic Communication Network (“ECN”), Alternative Trading System (“ATS”), or other execution systems that in Loomis Sayles’ opinion can provide the best overall net results for its clients. Equity securities may also be purchased from underwriters at prices which include underwriting fees.

 

96


Commissions and Other Factors in Broker or Dealer Selection

Loomis Sayles uses its best efforts to obtain information as to the general level of commission rates being charged by the brokerage community from time to time and to evaluate the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid on client portfolio transactions by reference to such data. In making this evaluation, all factors affecting liquidity and execution of the order, as well as the amount of the capital commitment by the broker or dealer, are taken into account. Other relevant factors may include, without limitation: (a) the execution capabilities of the brokers and/or dealers, (b) research and other products or services (as described in the section “Soft Dollars” below) provided by such brokers and/or dealers which are expected to enhance Loomis Sayles’ general portfolio management capabilities, (c) the size of the transaction, (d) the difficulty of execution, (e) the operations facilities of the brokers and/or dealers involved, (f) the risk in positioning a block of securities, (g) fair dealing and (h) the quality of the overall brokerage and research services provided by the broker-dealer.

Soft Dollars

Brokerage trading activity is an essential factor in accessing Wall Street and third-party firm research. First and foremost, Loomis Sayles recognizes that it has a fiduciary duty to seek best execution of its clients’ transactions. In regard to equity trading commissions paid to our trading counterparts, Loomis Sayles is unbundled across all our dealers, with execution and research commission splits being consistent across dealers. This enables our trading desk to route orders to dealers solely based on achieving best execution. Research products or services may be paid for with Loomis Sayles’ own assets or may, in connection with transactions in equity securities effected for client accounts for which Loomis Sayles exercises investment discretion, be paid for with client commissions (i.e., “soft dollars”).

For purposes of this soft dollars discussion, the term “commission” includes commissions paid to brokers in connection with transactions effected on an agency basis. Loomis Sayles does not generate “soft dollars” on fixed-income transactions.

Loomis Sayles will only acquire research and brokerage products and services with soft dollars if they qualify as eligible products and services under the safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”). Eligible research services and products that may be acquired by Loomis Sayles are those products and services that may provide advice, analysis or reports that will aid Loomis Sayles in carrying out its investment decision-making responsibilities. Eligible research must reflect the expression of reasoning or knowledge (having inherently intangible and non-physical attributes) and may include the following research items: traditional research reports; discussions with research analysts and corporate executives; seminars or conferences; financial and economic publications that are not targeted to a wide public audience; software that provides analysis of securities portfolios; market research including pre-trade and post-trade analytics; and market data. Eligible brokerage services and products that may be acquired by Loomis Sayles are those services or products that (i) are required to effect securities transactions; (ii) perform functions incidental to securities transactions; or (iii) are services that are required by an applicable self-regulatory organization or SEC rule(s). The brokerage and research products or services provided to Loomis Sayles by a particular broker-dealer may include both (a) products and services created by such broker-dealer, (b) products and services created by other broker-dealers, and (c) products and services created by a third party. All soft dollar services are reviewed and approved by Loomis Sayles’ Chief Compliance Officer.

If Loomis Sayles receives a particular product or service that both aids it in carrying out its investment decision-making responsibilities (i.e., a “research use”) and provides non-research related uses, Loomis Sayles will make a good faith determination as to the allocation of the cost of such “mixed-use item” between the research and non-research uses and will only use soft dollars to pay for the portion of the cost relating to its research use. As of the date of this Statement, there are no mixed-use services being provided to Loomis Sayles.

In connection with Loomis Sayles’ use of soft dollars, a Fund may pay a broker-dealer an amount of commission for effecting a transaction for the Fund in excess of the amount of commission it or another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if Loomis Sayles determines in good faith that the amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research products or services provided by the broker-dealer, viewed in terms of either the particular transaction or Loomis Sayles’ overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which Loomis Sayles exercises investment discretion.

 

97


Loomis Sayles may use soft dollars to acquire brokerage or research products and services that have potential application to all client accounts, including the Funds. The soft dollars generated by Loomis Sayles’ clients that are used to purchase research services with a Fund’s commissions are not necessarily for the exclusive benefit of the particular Fund, but rather for the benefit of the funds/clients in the same product (e.g., Large Cap Growth). The soft dollar commissions of an account in one product are not used for the benefit of a product managed by a different investment team. Furthermore, given the fact that soft dollars are generated from the trading in client/fund portfolios, those clients/funds that have cash flows will generally generate more soft dollars than clients/funds that do not have cash flows. However, the clients/funds with cash flows will not generate more soft dollars than the amount budgeted for the client/fund in a given year. Finally, while some clients do not generate soft dollar commissions, such as Wrap/Model Program clients, clients with directed brokerage or zero commission arrangements (which may limit or prevent Loomis Sayles from using such clients’ commissions to pay for research and research services), and certain fixed income accounts, they may still benefit from the research provided to Loomis Sayles in connection with other transactions placed for other clients. As a result, certain clients may have more of their commissions directed for research and research services than others.

Loomis Sayles’ use of soft dollars to acquire brokerage and research products and services benefits Loomis Sayles by allowing it to obtain such products and services without having to purchase them with its own assets. Loomis Sayles believes that its use of soft dollars also benefits the Funds as described above. However, conflicts may arise between a Fund’s interest in paying the lowest commission rates available and Loomis Sayles’ interest in receiving brokerage and research products and services from particular brokers and dealers without having to purchase such products and services with Loomis Sayles’ own assets.

Client Commission Arrangements

Loomis Sayles has entered into several client commission arrangements (“CCAs”) (also known as commission sharing arrangements) with some of its key broker-dealer relationships. In a CCA, subject to best execution, Loomis Sayles will allocate a higher portion of its clients’ equity trading with broker-dealers who have agreed to unbundle their commission rates in order to enable Loomis Sayles to separately negotiate rates for execution and research and research services. The execution rates Loomis Sayles has negotiated with such firms vary depending on the type of orders Loomis Sayles executes with the CCAs.

Pursuant to the CCAs Loomis Sayles has with these broker-dealers, each firm will pool the research commissions accumulated during a calendar quarter and then, at the direction of Loomis Sayles, pay various broker-dealers and third-party services from this pool for the research and research services such firms have provided to Loomis Sayles.

These CCAs are deemed to be soft dollar arrangements, and Loomis Sayles and each CCA intends to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act, as well as the Commission Guidance Regarding Client Commission Practices under Section 28(e) in the SEC Release No. 34-54165 dated July 18, 2006.

The CCAs enable Loomis Sayles to strengthen its relationships with its key broker-dealers, and limit the broker-dealers with whom it trades to those with whom it has FIX Connectivity, while still maintaining the research relationships with broker-dealers that provide Loomis Sayles with research and research services. In addition, the ability to unbundle the execution and research components of commissions enables Loomis Sayles to provide greater transparency to its clients in their commission reports.

In addition to trading with the CCA broker-dealers discussed above, Loomis Sayles continues to trade with full service broker-dealers, ECNs, ATSs and other electronic systems.

As a result of guidance from the UK Financial Conduct Authority, Loomis Sayles pays broker-dealers a “Corporate Access” arrangement fee in hard dollars in connection with the Corporate Access meetings attended by investment team members who manage equity accounts of clients organized in the United Kingdom.

 

98


Vaughan Nelson

In placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the Select Fund, Vaughan Nelson selects only brokers or dealers that it believes are financially responsible and will provide efficient and effective services in executing, clearing and settling an order. Vaughan Nelson will use its best efforts to obtain information as to the general level of commission rates being charged by the brokerage community from time to time and will evaluate the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid on transactions by reference to such data. In making such evaluation, all factors affecting liquidity and execution of the order, as well as the amount of the capital commitment by the broker in connection with the order, are taken into account. Transactions in unlisted securities are carried out through broker-dealers who make the primary market for such securities unless, in the judgment of Vaughan Nelson, a more favorable price can be obtained by carrying out such transactions through other brokers or dealers.

Receipt of research services from brokers is one factor used in selecting a broker that Vaughan Nelson believes will provide best execution for a transaction. These research services include not only a wide variety of reports on such matters as economic and political developments, industries, companies, securities, portfolio strategy, account performance, daily prices of securities, stock and bond market conditions and projections, asset allocation and portfolio structure, but also meetings with management representatives of issuers and with other analysts and specialists. Although it is not possible to assign an exact dollar value to these services, they will, to the extent used, reduce Vaughan Nelson’s expenses. Such services may be used by Vaughan Nelson in servicing other client accounts and in some cases may not be used with respect to the Fund. Receipt of services or products other than research from brokers is not a factor in the selection of brokers.

In placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the Select Fund, Vaughan Nelson may cause the Select Fund to pay a broker-dealer that provides the brokerage and research services to Vaughan Nelson an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Select Fund in excess of the amount another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction. Vaughan Nelson must determine in good faith that such greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker-dealer viewed in terms of that particular transaction or Vaughan Nelson’s overall responsibilities to Natixis Funds Trust II and its other clients. Vaughan Nelson’s authority to cause the Select Fund to pay such greater commissions is also subject to such policies as the Trustees may adopt from time to time.

General

Subject to procedures adopted by the Board, the Funds’ brokerage transactions may be executed by brokers that are affiliated with Natixis US or the Advisers or Subadviser. Any such transactions will comply with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act, or other applicable restrictions as permitted by the SEC pursuant to exemptive relief or otherwise.

Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust’s funds as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with dealers acting as principals for their own accounts, affiliated persons of the Trust may not serve as the Funds’ dealer in connection with such transactions.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, and in all instances subject to the foregoing policy of best execution, each Adviser or Subadviser may allocate brokerage transactions to broker-dealers (including affiliates of the Distributor) that have entered into arrangements in which the broker-dealer allocates a portion of the commissions paid by a Fund toward the reduction of that Fund’s expenses.

It is expected that the portfolio transactions in fixed-income securities will generally be with issuers or dealers on a net basis without a stated commission. Securities firms may receive brokerage commissions on transactions involving options, futures and options on futures and the purchase and sale of underlying securities upon exercise of options. The brokerage commissions associated with buying and selling options may be proportionately higher than those associated with general securities transactions.

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST

The Declaration of Trust of Natixis Funds Trust II permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of each series. Each share of each Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in such Fund with each other share of that Fund and is entitled to a proportionate interest in the dividends and distributions from that Fund. The Declaration of Trust further permits the Board to divide the shares of each series into any number of separate classes, each having such rights and preferences relative to other classes of the same series as the Board may determine. When you invest in a Fund, you acquire freely transferable shares of beneficial interest that entitle you to receive

 

99


dividends determined by the Board and to cast a vote for each share you own at shareholder meetings. The shares of each Fund do not have any preemptive rights. Upon termination of any Fund, whether pursuant to liquidation of the Trust or otherwise, shareholders of each class of that Fund are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets attributable to that class of shares of that Fund available for distribution to shareholders. The Declaration of Trust also permits the Board to charge shareholders directly for custodial, transfer agency, servicing and other expenses.

The shares of the Funds are divided into five classes: Class A, Class C, Class N, Class T and Class Y. As described in its Prospectuses, Class Y shares are available for purchase only by certain eligible investors and have higher minimum purchase requirements than Class A, Class C and Class N shares. All expenses of the Funds (including advisory fees but excluding class specific expenses such as transfer agency fees (“Other Expenses”)) are borne by its Class A, Class C, Class N, Class T and Class Y on a pro rata basis, except for 12b-1 fees, which are borne only by Class A, Class C and Class T shares and may be charged at a separate rate to each such class. Other Expenses (with the exception of transfer agent expenses) are borne by such classes on a pro rata basis. Transfer agent expenses for Class A, Class C, Class T and Class Y shares are borne on a pro rata basis. Class N transfer agent expenses are borne directly by that class. The multiple class structure could be terminated should certain IRS rulings or SEC regulatory positions be rescinded or modified.

The assets received by each class of a Fund for the issue or sale of its shares and all income, earnings, profits, losses and proceeds therefrom, subject only to the rights of creditors, are allocated to, and constitute the underlying assets of, that class of a Fund. The underlying assets of each class of a Fund are segregated and are charged with the expenses with respect to that class of the Fund and with a share of the general expenses of the Fund and the Trust. Any general expenses of the Trust that are not readily identifiable as belonging to a particular class of a Fund are allocated by or under the direction of the Trustees in such manner as the Trustees determine to be fair and equitable. While the expenses of the Trust are allocated to the separate books of account of each Fund, certain expenses may be legally chargeable against the assets of all of the Funds in a Trust.

The Declaration of Trust also permits the Board, without shareholder approval, to subdivide any Fund or series or class of shares into various sub-series or sub-classes with such dividend preferences and other rights as the Trustees may designate. The Board may also, without shareholder approval, except to the extent such approval is required by law, establish one or more additional series or classes or merge two or more existing series or classes. Shareholders’ investments in such an additional or merged series would be evidenced by a separate series of shares (i.e., a new “fund”).

The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Trust or the Funds, however, may be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each series of the Trust entitled to vote. In addition, a Fund may be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of such Fund. Similarly, any class of shares of a Fund may be terminated by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of such class. The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Board may also without shareholder approval terminate the Trust or a Fund upon written notice to its shareholders.

VOTING RIGHTS

Shareholders of all Funds are entitled to one vote for each full share held (with fractional votes for each fractional share held) and may vote (to the extent provided therein) on the election of Trustees and the termination of a Trust and on other matters submitted to the vote of shareholders.

All classes of shares of each Fund have identical voting rights, except that each class of shares has exclusive voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders that relates solely to that class, and has separate voting rights on any matter submitted to shareholders in which the interests of one class differ from the interests of any other class. On any matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, all shares of the Trust then entitled to vote shall, except as otherwise provided in the by-laws, be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to series or class of shares, except (1) when required by the 1940 Act, or when the Trustees shall have determined that the matter affects one or more series or class of shares materially differently, shares shall be voted by individual series or class and (2) when the matter affects only the interest of one or more series or classes, only shareholders of such series or class shall be entitled to vote thereon. Consistent with the current position of the SEC, shareholders of all series and classes vote together, irrespective of series or class, on the election of Trustees and the selection of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, but shareholders of each series vote separately on most other matters requiring shareholder approval, such as certain changes in investment policies of that series or the approval of the investment advisory and subadvisory agreement relating to that series, and shareholders of each class within a series vote separately as to the Rule 12b-1 plan (if any) relating to that class.

 

100


There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees except that, in accordance with the 1940 Act, (i) a Trust will hold a shareholders’ meeting for the election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been elected by shareholders, and (ii) if there is a vacancy on the Board, such vacancy may be filled only by a vote of the shareholders unless, after filling such vacancy by other means, at least two-thirds of the Trustees holding office shall have been elected by the shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a written consent signed by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares and filed with a Trust’s custodian or by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares at a meeting duly called for that purpose.

Upon written request by a minimum of ten holders of shares having held their shares for a minimum of six months and having a NAV of at least $25,000 or constituting at least 1% of the outstanding shares, whichever is less, stating that such shareholders wish to communicate with the other shareholders for the purpose of obtaining the signatures necessary to demand a meeting to consider removal of a Trustee, the Trust has undertaken to provide a list of shareholders or to disseminate appropriate materials (at the expense of the requesting shareholders).

Except as set forth above, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees. Shareholder voting rights are not cumulative.

The affirmative vote of a majority of shares of the Trust voted (assuming a quorum is present in person or by proxy) is required to amend the Declaration of Trust if such amendment (1) affects the power of shareholders to vote, (2) amends the section of the Declaration of Trust governing amendments, (3) is one for which a vote is required by law or by the Trust’s registration statement, or (4) is submitted to the shareholders by the Trustees. If one or more new series of a Trust is established and designated by the Trustees, the shareholders having beneficial interests in the other funds shall not be entitled to vote on matters exclusively affecting such new series, such matters including, without limitation, the adoption of or any change in the investment objectives, policies or restrictions of the new series and the approval of the investment advisory contracts of the new series. Similarly, the shareholders of the new series shall not be entitled to vote on any such matters as they affect the other funds.

SHAREHOLDER AND TRUSTEE LIABILITY

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of a Trust. However, the Declarations of Trust disclaim shareholder liability for acts or obligations of a Trust and require that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by a Trust or the Trustees. The Declarations of Trust provide for indemnification out of each Fund’s property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund by reason of owning shares of such Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is considered remote since it is limited to circumstances in which the disclaimer is inoperative and a Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations.

The Declaration of Trust further provides that the Board will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against any liability to which the Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. The by-laws of the Trust provide for indemnification by the Trust of Trustees and officers of the Trust, except with respect to any matter as to which any such person did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interests of the Trust. Such persons may not be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders to whom he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

101


HOW TO BUY SHARES

The procedures for purchasing shares of the Funds are summarized in the Prospectuses. All purchases made by check should be in U.S. dollars and made payable to Natixis Funds or the Funds’ custodian bank.

At the discretion of the Distributor, bank trust departments or trust companies may also be eligible for investment in Class Y shares at a reduced minimum, subject to certain conditions including a requirement to meet the minimum investment balance within a specified time period. Please contact the Distributor at 800-225-5478 for more information.

REDEMPTIONS

The procedures for redemption of shares of a Fund are summarized in its Prospectus.

A shareholder automatically receives access to the ability to redeem shares by telephone following the completion of a Fund application, which is available at im.natixis.com or from your investment dealer. When selecting the service, a shareholder may have the withdrawal proceeds sent to his or her bank, in which case the shareholder must designate a bank account on his or her application to which the redemption proceeds should be sent as well as provide a check marked “VOID” and/or a deposit slip that includes the routing number of his or her bank. Any change in the bank account so designated or addition of a new bank account may be made by furnishing to SS&C GIDS or your investment dealer a completed Service Options Form, which may require a medallion signature guarantee or a Signature Validation Program Stamp. Telephone redemptions by ACH or wire may only be made if the designated bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System or has a correspondent bank that is a member of the System. If the account is with a savings bank, it must have only one correspondent bank that is a member of the System. The Funds, the Distributor, the Transfer Agent and State Street Bank (the Funds’ custodian) are not responsible for the authenticity of withdrawal instructions received by telephone, although they will apply established verification procedures. SS&C GIDS, as agreed to with the Funds, will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that your telephone instructions are genuine, and if it does not, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such verification procedures include, but are not limited to, requiring a form of personal identification prior to acting on an investor’s telephone instructions and recording an investor’s instructions.

The redemption price will be the NAV per share (less any applicable CDSC) next determined after the redemption request and any necessary special documentation is received by the Transfer Agent or your investment dealer in proper form. Payment normally will be made by the Funds within seven days thereafter. Shares purchased by check or through ACH may not be available immediately for redemption to the extent the check or ACH transaction has not cleared. The Funds may withhold redemption proceeds for ten days when redemptions are made within ten calendar days of purchase by check or through ACH.

The CDSC may be waived on redemptions made from IRA accounts due to attainment of age 59 1/2 for IRA shareholders who established accounts prior to January 3, 1995. The CDSC may also be waived on redemptions made from IRA accounts due to death, disability, return of excess contribution, required minimum distributions (waivers apply only to amounts necessary to meet the required minimum amount based on assets held within the Funds), certain withdrawals pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, not to exceed 10% annually of the value of the account, and redemptions made from the account to pay custodial fees. The CDSC may also be waived on redemptions within one year following the death of (i) the sole shareholder of an individual account, (ii) a joint tenant where the surviving joint tenant is the deceased’s spouse, or (iii) the beneficiary of a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, Uniform Transfer to Minors Act or other custodial account. If the account is transferred to an account registered in the name of the deceased’s estate, the CDSC will be waived on any redemption occurring within one year of death. If the account is transferred to a new registration and then a redemption is requested, the applicable CDSC will be charged. However, if an account is transferred to a new registration solely as an operational processing step to facilitate the distribution request from the deceased shareholder’s (or the estate’s) account, the CDSC will be waived. If shares are not redeemed within one year of the death, they will remain subject to the applicable CDSC when redeemed from the transferee’s account.

 

102


The CDSC may be waived on redemptions made from 403(b)(7) custodial accounts due to attainment of age 59 1/2 for shareholders who established custodial accounts prior to January 3, 1995. The CDSC may also be waived on redemptions made from 403(b)(7) custodial accounts due to death or disability.

The CDSC also may be waived on redemptions necessary to pay plan participants or beneficiaries from certain retirement plans under Section 401 of the Code, including profit sharing plans, money purchase plans, 401(k) and custodial accounts under Section 403(b)(7) of the Code. Distributions necessary to pay plan participants and beneficiaries include payment made due to death, disability, separation from service, normal or early retirement as defined in the plan document, loans from the plan and hardship withdrawals, return of excess contributions, required minimum distributions (waivers only apply to amounts necessary to meet the required minimum amount), certain withdrawals pursuant to a systematic withdrawal plan, not to exceed 10% annually of the value of your account, and redemptions made from qualified retirement accounts or Section 403(b)(7) custodial accounts necessary to pay custodial fees.

A CDSC will apply in the event of plan level transfers, including transfers due to changes in investment where assets are transferred outside of Natixis Funds, including IRA and 403(b)(7) participant-directed transfers of assets to other custodians (except for the reasons given above) or qualified transfers of assets due to trustee-directed movement of plan assets due to merger, acquisition or addition of additional funds to the plan.

Each Fund will normally redeem shares for cash; however, each Fund reserves the right to pay the redemption price wholly or partly in-kind, if Natixis Advisors determines it to be advisable and in the interest of the remaining shareholders of a Fund. The redemptions in-kind will generally, but not necessarily, result in a pro rata distribution of each security held in a Fund’s portfolio. If portfolio securities are distributed in lieu of cash, the shareholder will normally incur brokerage commissions upon subsequent disposition of any such securities. However, the Funds have elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, pursuant to which each Fund is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash for any shareholder during any 90-day period up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the total NAV of each Fund at the beginning of such period.

The Funds do not currently impose any redemption charge other than the CDSC imposed by the Funds’ distributor, as described in the Prospectuses. The Board reserves the right to impose additional charges at any time. A redemption constitutes a sale of shares for U.S. federal income tax purposes on which the investor may realize a long- or short-term capital gain or loss. See the section “Taxes” in this Statement.

The Funds reserve the right to suspend account services or refuse transaction requests if a Fund receives notice of a dispute between registered owners or of the death of a registered owner or a Fund suspects a fraudulent act. If a Fund refuses a transaction request because it receives notice of a dispute, the transaction will be processed at the NAV next determined after the Fund receives notice that the dispute has been settled or a court order has been entered adjudicating the dispute. If a Fund determines that its suspicion of fraud or belief that a dispute existed was mistaken, the transaction will be processed as of the NAV next determined after the transaction request was first received in good order.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Open Accounts

A shareholder’s investment is automatically credited to an open account maintained for the shareholder by SS&C GIDS. Following each additional investment or redemption from the account initiated by an investor (with the exception of systematic investment plans), a shareholder will receive a confirmation statement disclosing the current balance of shares owned and the details of recent transactions in the account. After the close of each calendar year, the Funds will send each shareholder a statement providing account information that may include federal tax information on dividends and distributions paid to the shareholder during the year. This Statement should be retained as a permanent record.

The open account system provides for full and fractional shares expressed to three decimal places and, by making the issuance and delivery of stock certificates unnecessary, eliminates problems of handling and safekeeping, and the cost and inconvenience of replacing lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed certificates. Certificates will not be issued or honored for any class of shares.

 

103


The costs of maintaining the open account system are paid by the Funds and no direct charges are made to shareholders. Although the Funds have no present intention of making such direct charges to shareholders, they each reserve the right to do so. Shareholders will receive prior notice before any such charges are made.

Unclaimed Property Laws

States increasingly are looking at inactive mutual fund accounts as possible “unclaimed” or “abandoned” property. If your account is deemed unclaimed or abandoned under state law, the Funds may be required to “escheat” or transfer the assets in your account to the applicable state’s unclaimed property administration. The state may sell escheated shares and, if you subsequently seek to reclaim your proceeds of liquidation from the state, you may only be able to recover the amount received when the shares were sold.

It is your responsibility to ensure that you maintain a correct address for your account, keep your account active in ways such as by contacting the Transfer Agent by mail or telephone or accessing your account through the Funds’ website at least every three years, and promptly cash all checks for dividends, capital gains and redemptions. Each State’s requirements to keep an account active can vary and are subject to change. If you invest in a Fund through a financial intermediary, we encourage you to contact the financial intermediary regarding applicable state unclaimed property laws. The Funds, the Transfer Agent and the Distributor will not be liable to shareholders or their representatives for good faith compliance with state unclaimed property laws.

Minimum Balance Policy

The Funds’ minimum balance policy is described in the Prospectuses.

Automatic Investment Plans (All Classes Except Class T)

Subject to each Fund’s investor eligibility requirements, investors may automatically invest in additional shares of a Fund on a monthly basis under the Investment Builder Program by authorizing the Fund to draw from an investor’s bank account. A Service Options Form must be completed to open an automatic investment plan and may be obtained by calling the Funds at 800-225-5478 or your investment dealer or by visiting the Funds’ website at im.natixis.com.

This program is voluntary and may be terminated at any time by SS&C GIDS upon notice to existing plan participants. The Investment Builder Program plan may be discontinued at any time by the investor by written notice to SS&C GIDS, which must be received at least five business days prior to any payment date. The plan may be discontinued by State Street Bank at any time without prior notice if any check is not paid upon presentation or by written notice to the shareholder at least thirty days prior to any payment date. The Funds are under no obligation to notify shareholders as to the nonpayment of any check.

Retirement Plans and Other Plans Offering Tax Benefits (Class A and Class C Shares)

The federal tax laws provide for a variety of retirement plans offering tax benefits. These plans may be funded with shares of the Funds or with certain other investments. The plans include H.R. 10 (Keogh) plans for self-employed individuals and partnerships, individual retirement accounts (IRAs), corporate pension trust and profit sharing plans, including 401(k) plans, and retirement plans for public school systems and certain tax-exempt organizations.

The minimum initial investment available to retirement plans and other plans offering tax benefits is referred to in the Prospectuses. For these plans, initial investments in a Fund for Class A and Class C shares must be at least $1,000 for IRAs and Keogh plans using the Natixis Funds prototype document and $500 for Coverdell Education Savings Accounts and at least $50 for any subsequent investments. There is no initial or subsequent investment minimum for SIMPLE IRAs using the Natixis Funds prototype documents. Income dividends and capital gain distributions must be reinvested (unless the investor is over age 59 1/2 or disabled). These types of accounts may be subject to fees. Plan documents and further information can be obtained from the Distributor.

Certain retirement plans may also be eligible to purchase Class N, Class T and Class Y shares. See the Prospectus for details.

 

104


Systematic Withdrawal Plans (All Classes Except Class T)

An investor owning a Fund’s shares having a value of $10,000 or more at the current public offering price may establish a Systematic Withdrawal Plan (a “SWP”) providing for periodic payments of a fixed or variable amount. An investor may terminate the SWP at any time. A form for use in establishing an SWP is available from SS&C GIDS, your financial representative or by visiting our website at im.natixis.com. Withdrawals may be paid to a person other than the shareholder if a Medallion signature guarantee is provided. Please consult your investment dealer or the Funds.

A shareholder under an SWP may elect to receive payments monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually for a fixed amount of not less than $50 or a variable amount based on (1) the market value of a stated number of shares, or (2) a specified percentage of the account’s market.

In the case of shares subject to a CDSC, the amount or percentage you specify may not, on an annualized basis, exceed 10% of the value, as of the time you make the election, of your account with a Fund with respect to which you are electing the SWP. Withdrawals of shares of a Fund under the SWP will be treated as redemptions of shares purchased through the reinvestment of Fund distributions, or, to the extent such shares purchased through the reinvestment of distribution in your account are insufficient to cover SWP payments, as redemptions from the earliest purchased shares of such Fund in your account. No CDSC applies to redemptions pursuant to the SWP.

Since withdrawal payments represent proceeds from the liquidation of shares, withdrawals may reduce and possibly exhaust the value of the account, particularly in the event of a decline in NAV. Accordingly, a shareholder should consider whether an SWP and the specified amounts to be withdrawn are appropriate under the circumstances. The Funds and the Distributor make no recommendations or representations in this regard. It may be appropriate for a shareholder to consult a tax adviser before establishing an SWP. See the sections “Redemptions” and “Taxes” in this Statement for certain information as to U.S. federal income taxes.

It may be disadvantageous for a shareholder to purchase on a regular basis additional Fund shares with a sales charge while redeeming shares under an SWP. Accordingly, the Funds and the Distributor do not recommend additional investments in Class A shares by a shareholder who has an SWP in effect and who would be subject to a sales load on such additional investments. Natixis Funds may modify or terminate this program at any time.

Because of statutory restrictions an SWP may not be available to pension or profit-sharing plans and IRAs plans that have UMB Bank as trustee. Different documentation may be required.

Dividend Diversification Program (All Classes Except Class T)

You may also establish a Dividend Diversification Program, which allows you to have all dividends and any other distributions for Class A, Class C, Class N and Class Y shares automatically invested in shares of the same class of another Natixis Fund, subject to the investor eligibility requirements of that other Fund and to state securities law requirements. Shares will be purchased based upon the selected Fund’s NAV (without a sales charge or CDSC) determined as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE on the ex-dividend date for each dividend and distribution. A dividend diversification account must be registered to the same shareholder as the distributing Fund account and, if a new account in the purchased Fund is being established, the purchased Fund’s minimum investment requirements must be met. Before establishing a Dividend Diversification Program into any other Natixis Fund, you must obtain and carefully read a copy of that Fund’s Prospectus.

Exchanging or Converting Shares

A Fund’s policies for exchanging or converting shares are described in its Prospectus. Before requesting an exchange into any other Natixis Fund, please read its Prospectus carefully. Subject to the applicable rules of the SEC, the Board reserves the right to modify the exchange privilege at any time. Except as otherwise permitted by SEC rule, shareholders will receive at least 60 days’ advance notice of any material change to the exchange privilege.

For purposes of determining the date on which Class C shares convert into Class A shares, a Class C share purchased through the reinvestment of dividends or capital gains distributions (a “Distributed Share”) will be considered to have been purchased on the purchase date (or deemed purchase date) of the Class C share through which such Distributed Share was issued. In addition, any Class C shares for which the Transfer Agent cannot determine a holding period (commonly known as “Free Shares”) may, depending upon system settings, convert to Class A shares even if such

 

105


Class C Free Shares have been held for less than ten years. Free Shares typically arise with respect to reinvested dividends not associated with purchased shares and with respect to shares from a Fund that liquidated prior to implementation of the Class C to Class A conversion policy. Automatic conversions of Class C shares to Class A shares will generally be processed monthly on or about the 10th day of the month.

Merrill Lynch Client Accounts Only

A shareholder currently holding Class A or C shares of a Fund in a fee-based advisory program (“Advisory Program”) account or currently holding Class A or C shares in a brokerage account but wishing to transfer into an Advisory Program account may convert such shares to Class Y shares of the Fund within the Advisory Program at any time. Such conversions will be on the basis of the relative net asset values per share, without requiring any investment minimum to be met and without the imposition of any redemption fee or other charge. If a CDSC is applicable to such Class A or C shares, then the conversion may not occur until after the shareholder has held the shares for an 18 month period (Class A shares) or 12 month period (Class C shares), except that a CDSC applicable to Class A or C shares converted to Class Y shares through a fee-based individual retirement account on the Merrill Lynch platform will be waived and Merrill Lynch will remit the portion of the payment to be made to the Distributor equal to the number of months remaining on the CDSC period divided by the total number of months of the CDSC period.

Automatic Exchange Plan (All Classes Except Class T)

As described in the Prospectuses, a shareholder may establish an Automatic Exchange Plan under which shares of a Fund are automatically exchanged each month for shares of the same class of one or more of the other Funds. Registration on all accounts must be identical. The fund minimum of the new fund must be met in connection with each investment. Exchanges may be processed on any day of the month (or the first business day thereafter if the exchange date is not a business day) until the account is exhausted or until SS&C GIDS is notified in writing to terminate the plan. Exchanges may be made in amounts of $50 or more. The Service Options Form may be used to establish an Automatic Exchange Plan and is available from SS&C GIDS, your financial representative or by visiting our website at im.natixis.com.

Restrictions on Buying, Selling and Exchanging Shares

As stated in the Funds’ Prospectuses, each Fund and the Distributor reserve the right to reject any purchase or exchange order for any reason. When a purchase or exchange order is rejected, a Fund or the Distributor will send notice to the prospective investor or the investor’s financial intermediary promptly after receipt of the rejected order.

Broker Trading Privileges

The Distributor may, from time to time, enter into agreements with one or more brokers or other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders for Fund shares until the close of regular trading on the NYSE (normally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time on each day that the NYSE is open for trading); such purchase and redemption orders will be deemed to have been received by a Fund when the authorized broker or intermediary accepts such orders; and such orders will be priced using that Fund’s NAV next computed after the orders are placed with and accepted by such brokers or intermediaries. Any purchase and redemption orders received by a broker or intermediary under these agreements will be transmitted daily to a Fund no later than the time specified in such agreement; but, in any event, no later than market open, Eastern Time, following the day that such purchase or redemption orders are received by the broker or intermediary.

 

106


Transcript Requests

Transcripts of account transactions will be provided, free of charge, at the shareholder’s request.

Self-Servicing Your Account with Natixis Funds Personal Access Line® and Website (All Classes Except Class N and Class T)

Natixis Funds’ shareholders may access account information, including share balances and recent account activity, online by visiting our website at im.natixis.com. Transactions may also be processed online for certain accounts (restrictions may apply). Such transactions include purchases, redemptions and exchanges, and shareholders are automatically eligible for these features. Natixis Funds has taken measures to ensure the security of shareholder accounts, including the encryption of data and the use of personal identification numbers (“PINs”). In addition, you may restrict these privileges from your account by calling Natixis Funds at 800-225-5478, or writing to us at P.O. Box 219579, Kansas City, MO 64121-9579. More information regarding these features may be found on our website at im.natixis.com.

NET ASSET VALUE

The method for determining the public offering price and NAV per share is summarized in the Prospectuses.

The total NAV of each class of shares of a Fund (the excess of the assets of such Fund attributable to such class over the liabilities attributable to such class) is determined at the close of regular trading (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on each day that the NYSE is open for trading. Each Fund will not price its shares on the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Fund securities and other investments for which market quotations are readily available, as outlined in the Funds’ policies and procedures, are valued at market value. A Fund may use independent pricing services to obtain market quotations and other valuation information, such as evaluated bids. Generally, Fund securities and other investments are valued as follows:

 

   

Equity securities (including shares of closed-end investment companies and ETFs, exchange-traded notes, rights, and warrants — listed equity securities are valued at the last sale price quoted on the exchange where they are traded most extensively or, if there is no reported sale during the day, the closing bid quotation as reported by an independent pricing service. Securities traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, NASDAQ Global Market and NASDAQ Capital Market are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), or if lacking an NOCP, at the most recent bid quotations on the applicable NASDAQ Market. Unlisted equity securities (except unlisted preferred equity securities discussed below) are valued at the last sale price quoted in the market where they are traded most extensively or, if there is no reported sale during the day, the closing bid quotation as reported by an independent pricing service. If there is no sale price or closing bid quotation available, unlisted equity securities will be valued using evaluated bids furnished by an independent pricing service, if available. In some foreign markets, an official close price and a last sale price may be available from the foreign exchange or market. In those cases, the official close price is used. Valuations based on information from foreign markets may be subject to the Fund’s fair value policies described below. If a right is not traded on any exchange, its value is based on the market value of the underlying security, less the cost to subscribe to the underlying security (e.g., to exercise the right), adjusted for the subscription ratio. If a warrant is not traded on any exchange, a price is obtained from a broker-dealer.

 

   

Debt Securities and unlisted preferred equity securities — evaluated bids furnished to a Fund by an independent pricing service using market information, transactions for comparable securities and various relationships between securities, if available, or bid prices obtained from broker-dealers.

 

   

Senior Loans — bid prices supplied by an independent pricing service, if available, or bid prices obtained from broker-dealers.

 

   

Bilateral Swaps — bilateral credit default swaps are valued based on mid prices (between the bid and ask prices) supplied by an independent pricing service. Bilateral interest rate swaps and bilateral standardized commodity and equity index total return swaps are valued based on prices supplied by an independent pricing service. If prices from an independent pricing service are not available, prices from a broker-dealer may be used.

 

   

Centrally Cleared Swaps – settlement prices of the clearing house on which the contracts were traded or prices obtained from broker-dealers.

 

107


   

Options — domestic exchange-traded index and single name equity options contracts (including options on ETFs) are valued at the mean of the National Best Bid and Offer quotations as determined by the Options Price Reporting Authority. Foreign exchange-traded single name equity options contracts are valued at the most recent settlement price. Options contracts on foreign indices are priced at the most recent settlement price. Options on futures contracts are valued using the current settlement price on the exchange on which, over time, they are traded most extensively. Other exchange-traded options are valued at the average of the closing bid and ask quotations on the exchange on which, over time, they are traded most extensively. OTC currency options and swaptions are valued at mid prices (between the bid and ask prices) supplied by an independent pricing service, if available. Other OTC options contracts (including currency options and swaptions not priced through an independent pricing service) are valued based on prices obtained from broker-dealers. Valuations based on information from foreign markets may be subject to the Funds’ fair value policies described below.

 

   

Futures — most recent settlement price on the exchange on which an Adviser or Subadviser believes that, over time, they are traded most extensively. Valuations based on information from foreign markets may be subject to a Fund’s fair value policies as described below.

 

   

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts — interpolated rates determined based on information provided by an independent pricing service.

Foreign denominated assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars based upon foreign exchange rates supplied by an independent pricing service. As noted below, Fund securities and other investments for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Advisers or Subadviser in its capacity as “valuation designee”. A Fund may also value securities and other investments at fair value in other circumstances such as when extraordinary events occur after the close of a foreign market but prior to the close of the NYSE. This may include situations relating to a single issuer (such as a declaration of bankruptcy or a delisting of the issuer’s security from the primary market on which it has traded) as well as events affecting the securities markets in general (such as market disruptions or closings and significant fluctuations in U.S. and/or foreign markets). When fair valuing its securities or other investments, each Fund may, among other things, use modeling tools or other processes that may take into account factors such as securities or other market activity and/or significant events that occur after the close of the foreign market and before the time a Fund’s NAV is calculated. Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security, and fair values used to determine a Fund’s NAV may differ from quoted or published prices, or from prices that are used by others, for the same securities. In addition, the use of fair value pricing may not always result in adjustments to the prices of securities held by a Fund. Valuations for securities traded in the OTC market may be based on factors such as market information, transactions for comparable securities, and various relationships between securities or bid prices obtained from broker-dealers. Evaluated prices from an independent pricing service may require subjective determinations and may be different than actual market prices or prices provided by other pricing services.

On December 3, 2020, the SEC adopted Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which addresses valuation practices and the role of the board of directors with respect to the fair value of the investments of a registered investment company. Among other things, Rule 2a-5 permits a fund’s board to designate the fund’s primary investment adviser to perform the fund’s fair value determinations, which are subject to board oversight and certain reporting and other requirements. As of the date of this Statement, the Adviser serves as the Fund’s valuation designee for purposes of compliance with Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act.

Trading in some of the portfolio securities or other investments of some of the Funds takes place in various markets outside the United States on days and at times other than when the NYSE is open for trading. Therefore, the calculation of these Funds’ NAV does not take place at the same time as the prices of many of its portfolio securities or other investments are determined, and the value of these Funds’ portfolios may change on days when these Funds are not open for business and their shares may not be purchased or redeemed.

The per-share NAV of a class of each Fund’s shares is computed by dividing the number of shares outstanding into the total NAV attributable to such class. The public offering price of a Class A share of a Fund is the NAV per share plus a sales charge as set forth in each Fund’s Prospectus.

 

108


REDUCED SALES CHARGES

The following special purchase plans are summarized in the Prospectuses and are described in greater detail below. Investors should note that in many cases, the financial intermediary, and not the Funds, is responsible for ensuring that the investor receives current discounts.

If you invest in Class A shares through a financial intermediary, it is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to ensure you obtain the proper “breakpoint” discount. In order to reduce your sales charge, it will be necessary at the time of purchase to inform the Distributor and your financial intermediary, in writing, of the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to meet sales load breakpoints. If the Distributor is not notified that you are eligible for a reduced sales charge, the Distributor will be unable to ensure that the reduction is applied to the investor’s account. You may be required to provide certain records and information, such as account statements, with respect to all of your accounts which hold Fund shares, including accounts with other financial intermediaries, and your family members’ and other related parties’ accounts, in order to verify your eligibility for the reduced sales charge.

Please see Appendix A to the Prospectus for information regarding eligibility for sales load waivers and discounts available through specific financial intermediaries, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in the Prospectus or this Statement.

If you invest in Class T shares, it is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to ensure you obtain the proper “breakpoint” discount.

Cumulative Purchase Discount

The Cumulative Purchase Discount privilege is described in the prospectus.

Letter of Intent

A Letter of Intent (a “Letter”), which can be effected at any time, is a privilege available to investors that reduces the sales charge on investments in Class A shares. Ordinarily, reduced sales charges are available for single purchases of Class A shares only when they reach certain breakpoints (e.g., $50,000, $100,000, etc.). By signing a Letter, a shareholder indicates an intention to invest enough money in Class A shares within 13 months to reach a breakpoint. If the shareholder’s intended aggregate purchases of all series and classes of the Trust and other Natixis Funds over a defined 13-month period will be large enough to qualify for a reduced sales charge, the shareholder may invest the smaller individual amounts at the public offering price calculated using the sales load applicable to the 13-month aggregate investment.

A Letter is a non-binding commitment, the amount of which may be increased, decreased or canceled at any time. The effective date of a Letter is the date it is received in good order by the Transfer Agent.

Purchases made within 90 days of the establishment of the Letter may be used towards meeting the Letter of Intent.

The cumulative purchase discount, described above, permits the aggregate value at the current public offering price of Class A shares of any accounts with the Trust held by a shareholder to be added to the dollar amount of the intended investment under a Letter, provided the shareholder lists them on the account application.

The Transfer Agent will hold in escrow shares with a value at the current public offering price of 5% of the aggregate amount of the intended investment. The amount in escrow will be released when the commitment stated in the Letter is completed. If the shareholder does not purchase shares in the amount indicated in the Letter, the shareholder agrees to remit to the Transfer Agent the difference between the sales charge actually paid and that which would have been paid had the Letter not been in effect, and authorizes the Transfer Agent to redeem escrowed shares in the amount necessary to make up the difference in sales charges. Reinvested dividends and distributions are not included in determining whether the Letter has been completed.

 

109


Combining Accounts

For purposes of determining the sales charge applicable to a given purchase, a shareholder may elect to combine the purchase and the shareholder’s total investment (calculated at the current public offering price) in all series and classes of the Natixis Funds (excluding Class T shares) with the purchases and total investment of the shareholder’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, grandparents, grandchildren and in-laws of those previously mentioned, single trust estates, individual retirement accounts and sole proprietorships or any other group of individuals acceptable to the Distributor. If the combined value of the purchases and total investments exceeds a sales charge breakpoint as disclosed in the Prospectuses, the lower sales charge applies to the entire amount of the purchase, even though some portion of that investment is below the breakpoint to which a reduced sales charge applies.

For certain retirement plans, the Distributor may, in its discretion, combine the purchases and total investment of all qualified participants in the same retirement plan for purposes of determining the availability of a reduced sales charge. Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (“SIMPLE IRA”) contributions will automatically be linked with those of participants in the same SIMPLE IRA Plan (Class A shares only). SIMPLE IRA accounts may not be linked with any other Natixis Fund account for rights of accumulation.

Purchases and total investments of individuals may not be combined with purchases and total investments of the retirement plan accounts described in the preceding paragraph for the purpose of determining the availability of a reduced sales charge. Only the purchases and total investments in tax-qualified retirement plans or other employee benefit plans in which the shareholder is the sole participant may be combined with individual accounts for purposes of determining the availability of a reduced sales charge.

Eligible Governmental Authorities

There is no sales charge or CDSC related to investments in Class A shares by any state, county or city or any instrumentality, department, authority or agency thereof that has determined that a Fund is a legally permissible investment and that is prohibited by applicable investment laws from paying a sales charge or commission in connection with the purchase of shares of any registered investment company.

Investment Advisory Accounts

Class A shares of any Fund may be purchased at NAV by registered investment advisers, financial planners or other intermediaries who place trades for their own accounts or by clients of registered investment advisers, financial planners or other intermediaries where the registered investment adviser, financial planner or other intermediary receives an advisory, management, or consulting fee for the investment in the Fund. Investors may be charged a fee if they effect transactions through a broker or agent.

Certain Broker-Dealers and Financial Services Organizations

Class A shares of any Fund may also be purchased at NAV through certain broker-dealers or financial services organizations without any transaction fee. Such organizations may also receive compensation paid by Natixis Advisors, or its affiliates out of their own assets (as described in the section “Distribution Agreements and Rule 12b-1 Plans”), or be paid indirectly by the Funds in the form of servicing, distribution or transfer agent fees.

Certain Clients of Financial Intermediaries

Class A shares may be offered without front-end sales charges or a CDSC to clients of a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with the Distributor and has been approved by the Distributor to offer Fund shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee.

Certain Retirement Plans

Class A shares of the Funds may be purchased at NAV for investments by certain retirement plans. The availability of this pricing may depend upon the policies and procedures of your specific intermediary; consult your financial adviser.

“Certain Retirement Plans” as it relates to load waivers, share class eligibility, and account minimums is defined as follows:

Certain Retirement Plans includes 401(k) plans, 457 plans, 401(a) plans (including profit-sharing and money purchase pension plans), 403(b) and 403(b)(7) plans, defined benefit plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans, Taft Hartley multi-employer plans and retiree health benefit plans. The accounts must be plan level omnibus accounts to qualify.

 

110


Certain Retirement Plans does not include individual retirement plan accounts such as IRAs, Roth IRAs, SIMPLE, SEP, SARSEP, etc. Any retirement plan accounts registered in the name of a participant would not qualify.

The reduction or elimination of the sales charges in connection with special purchase plans described above reflects the absence or reduction of expenses associated with such sales.

DISTRIBUTIONS

As described in the Prospectuses, it is the policy of each Fund to pay shareholders at least annually according to the schedule specified in each Fund’s Prospectus, as dividends, all or substantially all of its net investment income and to distribute annually (or, in the case of short-term gains, more frequently than annually if determined by the Fund to be in the best interest of shareholders) all or substantially all of its net realized capital gains, if any, after offsetting any capital loss carryforwards. To the extent permitted by law, the Board may adopt a different schedule for making distributions as long as distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, are made at least annually. A Fund’s distribution rate fluctuates over time for various reasons, and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s distributions will not decrease or that a Fund will make any distributions when scheduled.

Ordinary income dividends and capital gain distributions are reinvested based upon the NAV determined as of the close of the NYSE on the ex-dividend date for each dividend or distribution. Shareholders, however, may elect to receive their ordinary income dividends or capital gain distributions, or both, in cash. The election may be made at any time by submitting a written request directly to Natixis Funds, contacting Natixis Funds at 1-800-225-5478 or visiting im.natixis.com to change your distribution option. In order for a change to be in effect for any dividend or distribution, it must be received by Natixis Funds on or before the record date for such dividend or distribution.

If you elect to receive your dividends in cash and the dividend checks sent to you are returned as “undeliverable” to the Funds or remain uncashed for six months, your cash election will automatically be changed and your future dividends will be reinvested. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed dividend or redemption checks.

As required by federal law, U.S. federal tax information regarding Fund distributions will be furnished to each shareholder for each calendar year early in the succeeding year. Funds with significant investments in REITs typically request a 30-day extension to provide such federal tax information to their shareholders.

TAXES

The following discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in a Fund is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, and other applicable authorities, all as of the date of this Statement. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important U.S. federal tax considerations generally applicable to an investment in a Fund. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular shareholders. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their particular situations and the possible application of foreign, state and local tax laws.

Taxation of the Funds

Each Fund has elected to be treated and intends to qualify and be eligible to be treated each year as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded RICs under the Code, each Fund must, among other things: (i) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (“QPTPs”); (ii) diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of cash and cash items, U.S.

 

111


government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities limited, with respect to any one issuer, to no more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest (1) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other RICs) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or (2) in the securities of one or more QPTPs; and (iii) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid — generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, and net tax-exempt income, if any, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described in (i) above, income derived by a Fund from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the Fund. However, 100% of the net income derived by the Fund from an interest in a QPTP (a partnership (x) interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in (i)(a) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes because they meet the passive income requirement under Code section 7704(c)(2). In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP.

For purposes of the diversification requirements described in (ii) above, outstanding voting securities of an issuer include the equity securities of a QPTP. Also for purposes of the diversification requirements described in (ii) above, identification of the issuer (or, in some cases, issuers) of a particular Fund investment can depend on the terms and conditions of that investment. In some cases, identification of the issuer (or issuers) is uncertain under current law, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to identification of the issuer for a particular type of investment may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to satisfy the diversification requirements in (ii) above.

Assuming that it qualifies for treatment as a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income or gains distributed to its shareholders in a timely manner in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below). If a Fund were to fail to meet the income, diversification or distribution requirements described above, the Fund could in some cases cure such failure, including by paying a fund-level tax or interest, disposing of certain assets or making additional distributions. If a Fund were ineligible to or did not cure such a failure for any year, or if the Fund otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC accorded special tax treatment for such year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gain, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and may be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals, provided in both cases that the shareholder meets certain holding period and other requirements in respect of a Fund’s shares (as described below). In addition, a Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment.

Each Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction). If a Fund retains any investment company taxable income, the Fund will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. Each Fund also intends to distribute annually all or substantially all of its net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, in each case determined with reference to any loss carryforwards). If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amounts retained, but may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who in turn (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds on properly-filed U.S. federal income tax returns to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. If a Fund makes this designation, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of A Fund will be increased by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income under clause (i) of the preceding sentence and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. The Funds are not required to, and there can be no assurance that a Fund will, make this designation if a Fund retains all or a portion of its net capital gain in a taxable year.

 

112


In determining its net capital gain, including in connection with determining the amount available to support a Capital Gain Dividend, its taxable income and its earnings and profits, a RIC may elect to treat any post-October capital loss (defined as any net capital loss attributable to the portion of the taxable year, if any, after October 31 or, if there is no such loss, the net long-term capital loss or net short-term capital loss attributable to such portion of the taxable year) and certain late-year ordinary losses (generally, the sum of its (i) net ordinary loss, if any, from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property attributable to the portion of the taxable year after October 31, and its (ii) other net ordinary loss, if any, attributable to the portion of the taxable year, if any, after December 31) as if incurred in the succeeding taxable year.

Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a Fund’s net investment income. Instead, potentially subject to certain limitations, a Fund may carry net capital losses from any taxable year forward to subsequent taxable years to offset capital gains, if any, realized during such subsequent taxable years. Distributions from capital gains generally are made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. Capital loss carryforwards are reduced to the extent they offset current-year net realized capital gains, whether a Fund retains or distributes such gains. If a Fund incurs or has incurred net capital losses, those losses will be carried forward to one or more subsequent taxable years without expiration to offset capital gains realized during such subsequent taxable years; any such carryforward losses will retain their character as short-term or long-term.

If a Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such year (or November 30 of that year if the Fund is eligible to and so elects) plus any such amounts retained from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For purposes of the required excise tax distribution, a Fund’s ordinary gains and losses from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of property that would be taken into account after October 31 (or November 30, if the Fund is eligible to and makes the election referred to above) generally are treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Also for purposes of the excise tax, each Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount on which it has been subject to corporate income tax in the taxable year ending within the calendar year. Each Fund generally intends to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

Taxation of Fund Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income generally are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of a Fund’s earnings and profits. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long a Fund owned (or is deemed to have owned) the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. In general, a Fund will recognize long-term capital gain or loss on the disposition of assets it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for more than one year, and short-term capital gain or loss on the disposition of investments it has owned (or is deemed to have owned) for one year or less. Distributions of net capital gain that are properly reported by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) generally will be taxable to a shareholder receiving such distributions as long-term capital gain includible in net capital gain and taxed to individuals at reduced rates. The IRS and the Department of the Treasury have issued proposed regulations that would impose special rules in respect of Capital Gain Dividends received through partnership interests constituting “applicable partnership interests” under Section 1061 of the Code. Distributions of the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss generally will be taxable to a shareholder receiving such distributions as ordinary income. Distributions from capital gains generally are made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. The IRS and the Department of the Treasury have issued final regulations that impose special rules in respect of Capital Gain Dividends received through partnership interests constituting “applicable partnership interests” under Section 1061 of the Code.

Distributions of investment income properly reported by a Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. In order for some portion of the dividends received by a Fund shareholder to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the shareholder must

 

113


meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. In general, a dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either a Fund or the shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company (as defined below). Income derived from investments in fixed-income securities, REITs and derivatives generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund generally does not expect a significant portion of its distributions to qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income.

In general, distributions of investment income properly reported by a Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of a shareholder taxed as an individual provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to such Fund’s shares. If the aggregate qualified dividends received by a Fund during any taxable year are 95% or more of its gross income, excluding net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than dividends properly reported as Capital Gain Dividends) will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.

In general, properly reported dividends of net investment income received by corporate shareholders of a Fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of eligible dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. In general, a dividend received by a Fund will not be treated as an eligible dividend (1) if it has been received with respect to any share of stock that the Fund has held for less than 46 days (91 days in the case of certain preferred stock) during the 91-day period beginning on the date which is 45 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date in the case of certain preferred stock) or (2) to the extent that the Fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends-received deduction may be disallowed or reduced (1) if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the Fund or (2) otherwise by application of various provisions of the Code (for instance, the dividends-received deduction is reduced in the case of a dividend received on debt-financed portfolio stock — generally stock acquired with borrowed funds). The Senior Floating Rate and Fixed Income Fund generally do not expect a significant portion of their distributions to be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Any distribution of income that is attributable to (i) income received by a Fund in lieu of dividends with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, or (ii) dividend income received by a Fund on securities it temporarily purchased from a counterparty pursuant to a repurchase agreement that is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a loan by the Fund, may not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and may not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders.

Distributions by a RIC to its shareholders that the RIC properly reports as “section 199A dividends,” as defined and subject to certain conditions described below, are treated as qualified REIT dividends in the hands of non-corporate shareholders. Non-corporate shareholders are permitted a federal income tax deduction equal to 20% of qualified REIT dividends received by them, subject to certain limitations. Very generally, a “section 199A dividend” is any dividend or portion thereof that is attributable to certain dividends received by the RIC from REITs, to the extent such dividends are properly reported as such by the RIC in a written notice to its shareholders. A section 199A dividend is treated as a qualified REIT dividend only if the shareholder receiving such dividend holds the dividend-paying RIC shares for at least 46 days of the 91-day period beginning 45 days before the shares become ex-dividend, and is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to a position in substantially similar or related property. A RIC is permitted to report such part of its dividends as section 199A dividends as are eligible, but is not required to do so.

 

114


The Code generally imposes a 3.8% tax on the net investment income of certain individuals, trusts and estates to the extent their income exceeds certain threshold amounts. For these purposes, “net investment income” generally includes, among other things, (i) distributions paid by a Fund of net investment income and capital gains as described above, and (ii) any net gain from the sale, redemption, exchange or other taxable disposition of Fund shares. Shareholders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this additional tax on their investment in a Fund.

Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid for his or her shares). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or in additional shares.

Dividends declared and payable by a Fund during October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in any such month and paid by the Fund during the following January generally will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividends are declared rather than the calendar year in which they are received.

If a Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated “earnings and profits” in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital generally is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.

Sale, Exchange or Redemption of Shares

A sale, exchange or redemption of Fund shares generally will give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares generally will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares held by a shareholder for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed under the Code’s “wash sale” rules if other substantially identical shares are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Upon the redemption or exchange of Fund shares, the Fund or, in the case of shares purchased through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary may be required to provide you and the IRS with cost basis and certain other related tax information about the Fund shares you redeemed or exchanged. See the Funds’ Prospectus for more information.

Certain Fixed-Income and Other Instruments

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance (and zero-coupon debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that are acquired by a Fund will be treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the OID is treated as interest income and is included in a Fund’s income (and required to be distributed by the Fund) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. In addition, payment-in-kind securities will give rise to income that is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having “market discount.” Very generally, market discount is the excess of the stated redemption price of a debt obligation (or in the case of an obligation issued with OID, its “revised issue price”) over the purchase price of such obligation. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Alternatively, a Fund may elect to accrue market discount currently, in which case the Fund will be required to include the accrued market discount in the Fund’s income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which the market discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

 

115


Some debt obligations with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance that are acquired by a Fund may be treated as having OID or, in certain cases, “acquisition discount” (very generally, the excess of the stated redemption price over the purchase price). The Fund will be required to include the OID or acquisition discount in income (as ordinary income) and thus distribute it over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, upon partial or full repayment or disposition of the debt security. The rate at which OID or acquisition discount accrues, and thus is included in the Fund’s income, will depend upon which of the permitted accrual methods the Fund elects.

If a Fund holds the foregoing kinds of debt obligations, or other debt obligations subject to special rules under the Code, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or, if necessary, by disposition of portfolio securities including at a time when it may not be advantageous to do so. These dispositions may cause a Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) and, in the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger Capital Gain Dividend than if the Fund had not held such obligations.

Securities Purchased at a Premium

Very generally, where a Fund purchases a bond at a price that exceeds the redemption price at maturity (i.e., a premium), the premium is amortizable over the remaining term of the bond. In the case of a taxable bond, if a Fund makes an election applicable to all such bonds it purchases, which election is irrevocable without consent of the IRS, the Fund reduces the current taxable income from the bond by the amortized premium and reduces its tax basis in the bond by the amount of such offset; upon the disposition or maturity of such bonds acquired on or after January 4, 2013, the Fund is permitted to deduct any remaining premium allocable to a prior period. In the case of a tax-exempt bond, tax rules require a Fund to reduce its tax basis by the amount of amortized premium.

Certain Higher-Risk and High Yield Securities

A Fund may invest in lower-quality debt obligations or debt obligations that are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of default, or in default, present special tax issues for a Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether a Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation and, if so, the amount of market discount the Fund should recognize, when a Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount; when and to what extent a Fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a Fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and interest. These and other related issues will be addressed by each Fund when as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations in which a Fund may invest may be treated as a dividend for purposes of the corporate dividends received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund to corporate shareholders may be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such accrued interest.

 

116


Passive Foreign Investment Companies

Funds that invest in foreign securities may own shares (or be treated as owning shares) in certain foreign entities that are treated as “passive foreign investment companies” (each a “PFIC”), which could potentially subject such a Fund to U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on distributions received from the PFIC or on proceeds received from a disposition of shares in the PFIC. This tax cannot be eliminated by making distributions to Fund shareholders. However, the Fund may make certain elections to avoid the imposition of that tax. For example, a Fund may make an election to mark the gains (and to a limited extent losses) in a PFIC “to the market” as though the Fund had sold and repurchased its holdings in the PFIC on the last day of each taxable year of the Fund. Such gains and losses are treated as ordinary income and loss. Each Fund may also in certain cases elect to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (i.e., make a “QEF election”), in which case the Fund would be required to include in its income annually its share of the PFIC’s income and net capital gains, regardless of whether it receives any distributions from the PFIC.

The mark-to-market and QEF elections may accelerate the recognition of income (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirements, which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return. Dividends paid by PFICs will not be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income.

Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

Foreign Taxation

Income, gains and proceeds received by a Fund from investments in securities of foreign issuers may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. This will decrease the Fund’s yield on securities subject to such taxes. Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. The Funds generally do not expect that shareholders will be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to such foreign taxes incurred by the Funds.

Tax Implications of Certain Fund Investments

Options, Futures, Forward Contracts, Swap Agreements and Hedging Transactions

The tax treatment of certain positions entered into by the Funds, including regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency positions and certain listed non-equity options, will be governed by Section 1256 of the Code (“Section 1256 Contracts”). Gains or losses on Section 1256 Contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40” gains or losses) although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character, as described below. Also, any Section 1256 Contracts held by the Funds at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as 60/40 or ordinary gain or loss, as applicable.

A Fund’s investments in futures contracts, forward contracts, options, straddles, contingent payment debt instruments, trust preferred securities, convertible bonds, swap agreements, and options on swaps and foreign currencies, derivatives, as well as any of its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the mark-to-market, constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a Fund are treated as ordinary or capital, accelerate the recognition of income (without receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation, defer losses to the Fund, or cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, thereby affecting whether capital gains and losses are treated as short-term or long-term. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. In certain cases, these tax implications may require a Fund to liquidate other investments (including when it is not advantageous to do so) to meet its distribution requirements (to avoid the payment of Fund-level taxes), which also may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect the Fund’s total return.

Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to these types of transactions are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a Fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a RIC and avoid a Fund-level tax.

 

117


In general, option premiums received by a Fund are not immediately included in the income of the Fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the Fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If a call option written by a Fund is exercised and the Fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the Fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the Fund minus (b) the Fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, that Fund generally will subtract the premium received for purposes of computing its cost basis in the securities purchased. Gain or loss arising in respect of a termination of a Fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by that Fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a Fund expires unexercised, that Fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

Certain covered call writing activities of a Fund may trigger the U.S. federal income tax straddle rules contained primarily in Section 1092 of the Code. Very generally, where applicable, Section 1092 requires (i) that losses be deferred on positions deemed to be offsetting positions with respect to “substantially similar or related property,” to the extent of unrealized gain in the latter, and (ii) that the holding period of such a straddle position that has not already been held for the long-term holding period be terminated and begin anew once the position is no longer part of a straddle. Options on single stocks that are not “deep in the money” may constitute qualified covered calls, which generally are not subject to the straddle rules; the holding period on stock underlying qualified covered calls that are “in the money” although not “deep in the money” will be suspended during the period that such calls are outstanding. Thus, the straddle rules and the rules governing qualified covered calls could cause gains that would otherwise constitute long-term capital gains to be treated as short-term capital gains, and distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” or qualify for the dividends-received deduction to fail to satisfy the holding period requirements and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income or to fail to qualify for the dividends-received deduction, as the case may be.

A Fund’s use of certain commodity-linked instruments and commodity-linked structured notes will potentially be limited by the Fund’s intention to qualify as a RIC, and will potentially bear on the Fund’s ability to so qualify. The tax treatment of certain commodity-linked instruments including structured notes in which a Fund might invest is not certain, in particular with respect to whether income or gains from such instruments constitute qualifying income to a RIC. If a Fund were to treat income or gain from a particular instrument as qualifying income and the income or gain were later determined not to constitute qualifying income and, together with any other nonqualifying income, caused the Fund’s nonqualifying income to exceed 10% of its gross income in any taxable year, the Fund would fail to qualify as a RIC unless it is eligible to and does pay a tax at the Fund level.

Certain of a Fund’s investments, including but not limited to, derivative instruments, foreign currency denominated instruments, and any of the Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a RIC that is accorded special tax treatment and avoid a fund-level tax. If a Fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income, including net realized capital gains, and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution (if any) of such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, if any), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Gain or loss on foreign currency denominated debt securities and on certain other financial instruments, such as forward currency options, futures contracts, forward contracts and currency swaps (and similar instruments, that is attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates occurring between the date of acquisition and the date of settlement or disposition of such securities or instruments may be treated under Section 988 of the Code as ordinary income or loss. Any such net gains could require a larger dividend toward the end of the calendar year. Any such net losses generally will reduce and potentially require the recharacterization of prior ordinary income distributions. Such ordinary income treatment may accelerate Fund distributions to shareholders and increase the distributions taxed to shareholders as ordinary income. Any net ordinary losses so created cannot be carried forward by a Fund to offset income or gains earned in subsequent taxable years.

 

118


A Fund may elect out of the application of Section 988 of the Code with respect to the tax treatment of each of its foreign currency forward contracts to the extent that (i) such contract is a capital asset in the hands of the Fund and is not part of a straddle transaction and (ii) the Fund makes an election by the close of the day the contract is entered into to treat the gain or loss attributable to such contract as capital gain or loss.

The Fund’s forward contracts may qualify as Section 1256 contracts under the Code if the underlying currencies are currencies for which there are futures contracts that are traded on and subject to the rules of a qualified board or exchange. However, a forward currency contract that is a Section 1256 contract would, absent an election out of Section 988 of the Code as described in the preceding paragraph, be subject to Section 988. Accordingly, although such a forward currency contract would be marked-to-market annually like other Section 1256 contracts, the resulting gain or loss would be ordinary. If a Fund were to elect out of Section 988 with respect to forward currency contracts that qualify as Section 1256 contracts, the tax treatment generally applicable to Section 1256 contracts, as described above, would apply to those forward currency contracts: that is, the contracts would be marked-to-market annually and gains and losses with respect to the contracts would be treated as 60/40 gain or loss. If a Fund were to elect out of Section 988 with respect to any of its forward currency contracts that do not qualify as Section 1256 contracts, such contracts would not be marked to market annually and the Fund would recognize short-term or long-term capital gain or loss depending on the Fund’s holding period therein. A Fund may elect out of Section 988 with respect to all, some or none of its forward currency contracts.

Investments in Other RICs

A Fund’s investments in shares of another mutual fund, ETF or another company that qualifies as a RIC (each, an “underlying RIC”) can cause the Fund to be required to distribute greater amounts of net investment income or net capital gain than the Fund would have distributed had it invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC, rather than in shares of the underlying RIC. Further, the amount or timing of distributions from such a Fund qualified for treatment as a particular character (for example, long-term capital gain, exempt interest, eligibility for dividends-received deduction, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the underlying RIC.

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC, and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the investment company.

If a Fund receives dividends from an underlying RIC and the underlying RIC reports such dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to report its distributions derived from those dividends as eligible for the dividends-received deduction as well, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the underlying RIC.

Partnerships and Other Pass-Through Structures

To the extent the Fund invests in entities that are treated as partnerships (other than QPTPs, as defined above), trusts, or other pass-through structures for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all or a portion of any income and gains from such entities could constitute non-qualifying income to the Fund for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. For example, income that the Fund derives from indirect investments, through such entities, in certain commodity-linked instruments generally will not or may not be considered qualifying income for the purposes of the 90% gross income requirement. In such cases, the Fund’s investments in such entities could be limited by its intention to qualify as a RIC, and could bear on its ability to so qualify. Income from such entities may be allocated to the Fund on a gross, rather than net, basis, for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement.

 

119


Investments in Exchange-Traded Notes

The timing and character of income or gains arising from exchange-traded notes can be uncertain. An adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to such rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect the Fund’s ability to qualify for treatment as a RIC and to avoid a fund-level tax.

REITs, REMICs and TMPs

A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, such distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A Fund may invest directly or indirectly (including through REITs) in residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) (including by investing in residual interests in CMOs with respect to which an election to be treated as a REMIC is in effect) or equity interests in taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”). Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a REMIC or an equity interest in a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC generally will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related interest directly. As a result, a Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”), as noted below. The Funds do not intend to invest in REITs in which a substantial portion of the assets will consist of residual interests in REMICs.

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions) and (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income. A shareholder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such inclusions notwithstanding any exemption from such income tax otherwise available under the Code. See also the section “Tax-Exempt Shareholders” below for a discussion of the special tax consequences that may result where a tax-exempt entity invests in a RIC that recognizes excess inclusion income.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders

Income of a RIC that would be UBTI if earned directly by a tax-exempt entity generally will not constitute UBTI when distributed to a tax-exempt shareholder of the RIC. Notwithstanding this “blocking effect”, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investments in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Code.

A tax-exempt shareholder may also recognize UBTI if a Fund recognizes excess inclusion income derived from direct or indirect investments in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs, as described above, if the amount of such income recognized by the Fund exceeds the Fund’s investment company taxable income (after taking into account deductions for dividends paid by the Fund). Furthermore, any investment in residual interests of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.

In addition, special tax consequences apply when CRTs invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, if a CRT (as defined in Section 664 of the Code) realizes any UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax is imposed on such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in October 2006, a CRT will not recognize UBTI as a result of investing in a Fund that recognizes excess inclusion income. Rather, if at any time during any taxable year a CRT (or one of certain other tax-exempt shareholders, such as the United States, a state or political subdivision, or an agency or instrumentality thereof, and certain energy cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a Fund that recognizes excess inclusion income, then the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to such

 

120


shareholders at the highest U.S. federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which this IRS guidance remains applicable in light of the December 2006 legislation is unclear. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, each Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable CRT (or other shareholder), and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. CRTs and other tax-exempt investors are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the consequences of investing in a Fund.

Backup Withholding

Each Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number, who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

Distributions by a Fund to shareholders that are not “U.S. persons” within the meaning of the Code (“Foreign Persons”) properly reported by the Fund as (1) Capital Gain Dividends, (2) interest-related dividends and (3) short-term capital gain dividends, each as defined below and subject to certain conditions described below, generally are not subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax.

In general, the Code defines (1) “short-term capital gain dividends” as distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses and (2) “interest-related dividends” as distributions attributable to U.S. source interest income of types similar to those that would not have been subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual Foreign Person, in each case to the extent such distributions are properly reported as such by a Fund in a written notice to shareholders.

The exceptions to withholding for Capital Gain Dividends and short-term capital gain dividends do not apply to (A) distributions to an individual shareholder that is a Foreign Person who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (B) distributions attributable to gain that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct by the Foreign Person of a trade or business within the United States under special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests as described below. The exception to withholding for interest-related dividends does not apply to distributions to a Foreign Person (A) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (B) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the Foreign Person is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (C) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, and (D) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the Foreign Person and the Foreign Person is a controlled foreign corporation. The Funds, however, do not intend to report any eligible distributions as interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends and the Funds may choose not to report potentially eligible distributions as interest-related or short-term capital gain dividends and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for these exemptions from withholding.

In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports a payment as an interest-related or short-term capital gain dividend. Foreign Persons should contact their intermediaries regarding the application of these rules to their accounts.

Distributions by a Fund to Foreign Persons other than Capital Gain Dividends, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends (e.g., dividends attributable to dividend and foreign source interest income or to short-term capital gains or U.S. source interest income to which the exception from withholding described above does not apply) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).

 

121


If a beneficial holder of shares who is a Foreign Person has a trade or business in the United States, and Fund dividends received by such holder are effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, the dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal net income taxation at regular income tax rates and, in the case of a foreign corporation, may also be subject to a branch profits tax. If a beneficial holder of Fund shares who or which is a Foreign Person is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the holder in the United States. More generally, a beneficial holder of Fund shares who or which is a Foreign Person and who or which is a resident in a country with an income tax treaty with the United States may obtain different tax results than those described herein, and is urged to consult its tax advisors (as described below.)

A beneficial holder of Fund shares who or which is a Foreign Person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on a sale or redemption of shares of a Fund unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or redemption and certain other conditions are met or (iii) the special rules relating to gain attributable to the sale or exchange of “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”) apply to the Foreign Person’s sale of shares of the Fund.

Subject to certain exceptions (for example, for a fund that is a “United States real property holding corporation” as described below), a Fund is generally not required to withhold on the amount of a non-dividend distribution (i.e., a distribution that is not paid out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits for the applicable taxable year) when paid to a beneficial holder of Fund shares who or which is a Foreign Person.

Special rules would apply if a Fund were a qualified investment entity (“QIE”) because it is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of certain exceptions to the definition of USRPIs described below. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds USRPIs the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States, and other trade or business assets. USRPIs generally are defined as any interest in U.S. real property and any interest (other than solely as a creditor) in a USRPHC or, very generally, an entity that has been a USRPHC in the last five years. A Fund that holds, directly or indirectly, significant interests in REITs may be a USRPHC. Interests in domestically controlled QIEs, including REITs and RICs that are QIEs, not-greater-than-10% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in RICs generally are not USRPIs, but these exceptions do not apply for purposes of determining whether a Fund is a QIE.

If a Fund were a QIE, under a special “look-through” rule, any distributions by the Fund to a shareholder that is a Foreign Person (including, in certain cases, distributions made by the Fund in redemption of its shares) attributable directly or indirectly to (i) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands and (ii) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund would retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s shareholders that are Foreign Persons and would be subject to U.S. tax withholding. In addition, such distributions could result in the Foreign Person being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a Foreign Person, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., as ordinary income or USRPI gain), would vary depending upon the extent of the Foreign Person’s current and past ownership of the Fund.

In addition, if an interest in a Fund were a USRPI, the Fund would be required to withhold U.S. tax on the proceeds of a share redemption by a greater-than-5% shareholder that is a Foreign Person, in which case such Foreign Person generally would also be required to file U.S. tax returns and pay any additional taxes due in connection with the redemption.

Shareholders of a Fund that are Foreign Persons also may be subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.

The Funds generally do not expect that they will be QIEs.

In order to qualify for any exemptions from withholding described above or for lower withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, or to establish an exemption from backup withholding, Foreign Persons must comply with special certification and filing requirements relating to their non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form

 

122


W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute form). Foreign Persons should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of owning shares of the Funds, including the certification and filing requirements imposed on Foreign Persons in order to qualify for exemption from the backup withholding tax rates described above or a reduced rate of withholding provided by treaty.

Shareholder Reporting Obligations With Respect to Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.

Shareholders that are U.S. persons and own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Fund by vote or value could be required to report annually their financial interest in the Fund’s foreign financial accounts, if any, on FinCEN Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. Shareholders should consult a tax advisor, or if holding shares through an intermediary, their intermediary, regarding the applicability to them of this reporting requirement.

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations.

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct holders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Certain Additional Reporting and Withholding Requirements

Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) generally require a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders under FATCA or under an applicable intergovernmental agreement (an “IGA”) between the United States and a foreign government. If a shareholder fails to provide the requested information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA or an IGA, the Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on ordinary dividends it pays. The IRS and the Department of Treasury have issued proposed regulations providing that these withholding rules will not apply to the gross proceeds of share redemptions or Capital Gain Dividends the Fund pays. If a payment by a Fund is subject to FATCA withholding, the Fund is required to withhold even if such payment would otherwise be exempt from withholding under the rules applicable to foreign shareholders described above (e.g., interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends).

Each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the prospective investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.

Other Tax Matters

Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans and tax-advantaged arrangements. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the suitability of shares of a Fund as an investment through such plans and arrangements and the precise effect of such an investment in their particular tax situations.

Dividends and distributions, and gains from the sale of Fund shares may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to federal, state, local and, where applicable, foreign taxes.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Yield and Total Return

Each Fund may advertise the yield and total return of each class of its shares. Each Fund’s yield and total returns will vary from time to time depending upon market conditions, the composition of its portfolio and operating expenses of the Trust allocated to each Fund. These factors, possible differences in the methods used in calculating yield and total returns and the tax-exempt status of distributions should be considered when comparing a Fund’s yield and total returns to yields and total returns published for other investment companies and other investment vehicles. Yield and

 

123


total returns should also be considered relative to changes in the value of the Fund’s shares and to the relative risks associated with the investment objectives and policies of the Fund. Yield and total returns may be stated with or without giving effect to any expense limitations in effect for a Fund. For those funds that present yield and total returns reflecting an expense limitation, its yield and total return would have been lower if no limitation were in effect. Yield and total returns will generally be higher for Class A, Class T and Class Y shares than for Class C shares of the same Fund, because of the higher levels of expenses borne by the Class C shares. Because of its lower operating expenses, Class N shares of each Fund can be expected to achieve a higher yield and total return than the same Fund’s Class A, Class C, Class T and Class Y shares.

Each Fund may also present one or more distribution rates for each class in its sales literature. These rates will be determined by annualizing the class’s distributions from net investment income and net short-term capital gain over a recent 12-month, 3-month or 30-day period and dividing that amount by the maximum offering price or the NAV. If the NAV, rather than the maximum offering price, is used to calculate the distribution rate, the rate will be higher.

At any time in the future, yield and total returns may be higher or lower than past yield or total return, and there can be no assurance that any historical results will continue.

Investors in the Funds are specifically advised that share prices, expressed as the NAVs per share, will vary just as yield and total return will vary. An investor’s focus on the yield of a Fund to the exclusion of the consideration of the share price of that Fund may result in the investor’s misunderstanding the total return he or she may derive from the Fund.

Benchmark Comparisons

Performance information for each Fund will be included in the Funds’ Prospectus (in the subsection “Risk/Return Bar Chart and Table” within each Fund Summary), along with the performance of an appropriate benchmark index. Because index comparisons are generally calculated as of the end of each month, index performance information under the “Life of Class” heading in the Prospectus for classes with less than ten years of performance history may not be coincident with the inception date of the class. In such instances, index performance is generally presented from the month-end nearest to the inception date of the class.

THIRD-PARTY INFORMATION

The Prospectuses and this Statement may contain references to third-party copyrights, indexes, and trademarks, each of which is the property of its respective owner. Such owner is not affiliated with Natixis Investment Managers, LLC or any of its related or affiliated companies (collectively “Natixis Affiliates”) and does not sponsor, endorse or participate in the provision of any Natixis Affiliates’ services, funds or other financial products.

The index information contained in the Prospectuses and this Statement is derived from third parties and is provided on an “as is” basis. The user of this information assumes the entire risk of use of this information. Each of the third-party entities involved in compiling, computing or creating index information, disclaims all warranties (including, without limitation, any warranties of originality, accuracy, completeness, timeliness, non-infringement, merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose) with respect to such information.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements, financial highlights and the reports of the independent registered public accounting firm included in the Funds’ annual reports dated November 30, 2022, are incorporated herein by reference to such reports. The Funds’ annual and semiannual reports are available upon request and without charge. Each Fund will send a single copy of its annual and semiannual report to an address at which more than one shareholder of record with the same last name has indicated that mail is to be delivered. Shareholders may request additional copies of any annual or semiannual report by telephone at 800-225-5478 or by writing to the Funds at: 888 Boylston Street, Suite 800, Boston, MA 02199-8197 or by visiting the Funds’ website at im.natixis.com. The annual and semi-annual reports are also available online at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

124


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

The Funds make use of average portfolio credit quality standards to assist institutional investors whose own investment guidelines limit their investments accordingly. In determining a Fund’s overall dollar-weighted average quality, unrated securities are treated as if rated, based on an Adviser’s or Subadviser’s view of their comparability to rated securities. A Fund’s use of average quality criteria is intended to be a guide for those investors whose investment guidelines require that assets be invested according to comparable criteria. Reference to an overall average quality rating for a Fund does not mean that all securities held by the Fund will be rated in that category or higher. A Fund’s investments may range in quality from securities rated in the lowest category in which the Fund is permitted to invest to securities rated in the highest category (as rated by S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Fitch Investor Services, Inc. (“Fitch”) or, if unrated, determined by an Adviser or Subadviser to be of comparable quality). The percentage of a Fund’s assets invested in securities in a particular rating category will vary. Following is a description of S&P Global Ratings, Moody’s, and Fitch ratings applicable to fixed-income securities.

S&P Global Ratings—A brief description of the applicable rating symbols of S&P Global Ratings and their meanings (as published by S&P Global Ratings) follows:

Issue Credit Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the credit worthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. We would typically assign a long-term issue credit rating to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. However, the ratings we assign to certain instruments may diverge from these guidelines based on market practices. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:

 

   

The likelihood of payment—the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

The nature and provisions of the financial obligation and the promise we impute; and

 

   

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

A-1


AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’,‘B’,‘CCC’,‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions.

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

A-2


CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C

An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within the next five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

*Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

A-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

A-3


C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring.

SPUR (S&P Underlying Rating)

A SPUR is an opinion about the stand-alone capacity of an obligor to pay debt service on a credit-enhanced debt issue, without giving effect to the enhancement that applies to it. These ratings are published only at the request of the debt issuer or obligor with the designation SPUR to distinguish them from the credit-enhanced rating that applies to the debt issue. S&P Global Ratings maintains surveillance of an issue with a published SPUR.

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

An S&P Global Ratings U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings’ opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P Global Ratings’ analysis will review the following considerations:

 

   

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

A-4


D

‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed debt restructuring, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Dual Ratings

Dual ratings may be assigned to debt issues that have a put option or demand feature. The first component of the rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second component of the rating addresses only the demand feature. The first component of the rating can relate to either a short-term or long-term transaction and accordingly use either short-term or long-term rating symbols. The second component of the rating relates to the put option and is assigned a short-term rating symbol (for example, ‘AAA/A-1+’ or ‘A-1+/A-1’). With U.S. municipal short-term demand debt, the U.S. municipal short-term note rating symbols are used for the first component of the rating (for example, ‘SP-1+/A-1+’).

S&P Global Ratings Disclaimers

The analyses, including ratings, of S&P Global Ratings and its affiliates (together, S&P Global Ratings) are statements of opinion as of the date they are expressed and not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold, or sell any securities or make any investment decisions. S&P Global Ratings assumes no obligation to update any information following publication. Users of ratings or other analyses should not rely on them in making any investment decision. S&P Global Ratings’ opinions and analyses do not address the suitability of any security. S&P Global Ratings does not act as a fiduciary or an investment advisor except where registered as such. While S&P Global Ratings has obtained information from sources it believes to be reliable, it does not perform an audit and undertakes no duty of due diligence or independent verification of any information it receives. Ratings and other opinions may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn at any time.

Active Qualifiers

S&P Global Ratings uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a ‘p’ qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.

Federal deposit insurance limit: ‘L’ qualifier

Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

Principal: ‘p’ qualifier

This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.

Preliminary ratings: ‘prelim’ qualifier

Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P Global Ratings of appropriate documentation. S&P Global Ratings reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.

 

A-5


   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation, and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P Global Ratings’ opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities.

 

   

Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing, or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P Global Ratings would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.

 

   

A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.

Termination structures: ‘t’ qualifier

This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Counterparty instrument rating: ‘cir’ qualifier

This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.

Inactive Qualifiers

Inactive qualifiers are no longer applied or outstanding.

Contingent upon final documentation: ‘*’ inactive qualifier

This symbol indicated that the rating was contingent upon S&P Global Ratings’ receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.

Termination of obligation to tender: ‘c’ inactive qualifier

This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds were deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.

U.S. direct government securities: ‘G’ inactive qualifier

The letter ‘G’ followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities.

Interest Payment: ‘i’ inactive qualifier

This suffix was used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ suffix indicated that the rating addressed the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ suffix was always used in conjunction with the ‘p’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could have been assigned a rating of ‘AAApNRi’ indicating that the principal portion was rated ‘AAA’ and the interest portion of the obligation was not rated.

 

A-6


Public information ratings: ‘pi’ qualifier

This qualifier was used to indicate ratings that were based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. Such ratings did not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore could have been based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ suffix. Discontinued use as of December 2014 and as of August 2015 for Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessments.

Provisional ratings: ‘pr’ inactive qualifier

The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion.

Quantitative analysis of public information: ‘q’ inactive qualifier

A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.

Extraordinary risks: ‘r’ inactive qualifier

The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation would not exhibit extraordinary noncredit-related risks. S&P Global Ratings discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.

Local Currency And Foreign Currency Ratings

S&P Global Ratings’ issuer credit ratings make a distinction between foreign currency ratings and local currency ratings. A foreign currency rating on an issuer can differ from the local currency rating on it when the obligor has a different capacity to meet its obligations denominated in its local currency versus obligations denominated in a foreign currency.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.—A brief description of the applicable Moody’s rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

Moody’s Global Rating Scales

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default or impairment. The contractual financial obligations addressed by Moody’s ratings are those that call for, without regard to enforceability, the payment of an ascertainable amount, which may vary based upon standard sources of variation (e.g., floating interest rates), by an ascertainable date. Moody’s rating addresses the issuer’s ability to obtain cash sufficient to service the obligation, and its willingness to pay. Moody’s ratings do not address non-standard sources of variation in the amount of the principal obligation (e.g., equity indexed), absent an express statement to the contrary in a press release accompanying an initial rating. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the

 

A-7


likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Moody’s issues ratings at the issuer level and instrument level on both the long-term scale and the short-term scale. Typically, ratings are made publicly available although private and unpublished ratings may also be assigned.

Moody’s differentiates structured finance ratings from fundamental ratings (i.e., ratings on nonfinancial corporate, financial institution, and public sector entities) on the global long-term scale by adding (sf) to all structured finance ratings. The addition of (sf) to structured finance ratings should eliminate any presumption that such ratings and fundamental ratings at the same letter grade level will behave the same. The (sf) indicator for structured finance security ratings indicates that otherwise similarly rated structured finance and fundamental securities may have different risk characteristics. Through its current methodologies, however, Moody’s aspires to achieve broad expected equivalence in structured finance and fundamental rating performance when measured over a long period of time.

Global Long-Term Rating Scale

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

A-8


Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. *

 

*

By their terms, hybrid securities allow for omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Issuer Ratings

Issuer Ratings are opinions of the ability of entities to honor senior unsecured debt and debt like obligations. As such, Issuer Ratings incorporate any external support that is expected to apply to all current and future issuance of senior unsecured financial obligations and contracts, such as explicit support stemming from a guarantee of all senior unsecured financial obligations and contracts, and/or implicit support for issuers subject to joint default analysis (e.g. banks and government-related issuers). Issuer Ratings do not incorporate support arrangements, such as guarantees, that apply only to specific (but not to all) senior unsecured financial obligations and contracts. While Issuer Ratings reflect the risk that debt and debt-like claims are not serviced on a timely basis, they do not reflect the risk that a contract or other non-debt obligation will be subjected to commercial disputes. Additionally, while an issuer may have senior unsecured obligations held by both supranational institutions and central banks (e.g., IMF, European Central Bank), as well as other investors, Issuer Ratings reflect only the risks faced by other investors.

Long-Term and Short-Term Obligation Ratings

Moody’s assigns ratings to long-term and short-term financial obligations. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default on contractually promised payments and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Medium-Term Note Program Ratings

Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to medium-term note (MTN) or similar programs and definitive ratings to the individual debt securities issued from them (referred to as drawdowns or notes).

MTN program ratings are intended to reflect the ratings likely to be assigned to drawdowns issued from the program with the specified priority of claim (e.g. senior or subordinated). To capture the contingent nature of a program rating, Moody’s assigns provisional ratings to MTN programs. A provisional rating is denoted by a (P) in front of the rating and is defined elsewhere in this document.

The rating assigned to a drawdown from a rated MTN or bank/deposit note program is definitive in nature, and may differ from the program rating if the drawdown is exposed to additional credit risks besides the issuer’s default, such as links to the defaults of other issuers, or has other structural features that warrant a different rating. In some circumstances, no rating may be assigned to a drawdown.

Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desks or visit moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR (not rated) symbol.

 

A-9


Global Short-Term Rating Scale

P-1

Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-2

Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations.

P-3

Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Short-Term Issuer Ratings

N-1

N-1 issuers or issuances represent the strongest likelihood of repayment of short term debt obligations relative to other domestic issuers or issuances.

N-2

N-2 issuers or issuances represent an above average likelihood of repayment of short-term debt obligations relative to other domestic issuers or issuances.

N-3

N-3 issuers or issuances represent an average likelihood of repayment of short-term debt obligations relative to other domestic issuers or issuances.

N-4

N-4 issuers or issuances represent a below average likelihood of repayment of short-term debt obligations relative to other domestic issuers or issuances.

Fitch Investor Services, Inc. –A brief description of the applicable rating symbols of Fitch and their meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

About Ratings and Rating Scales

Fitch Ratings publishes credit ratings that are forward-looking opinions on the relative ability of an entity or obligation to meet financial commitments. Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) are assigned to corporations, sovereign entities, and financial institutions, such as banks, leasing companies and insurers, and public finance entities (local and regional governments). Issue-level ratings are also assigned and often include an expectation of recovery, which may be notched above or below the issuer-level rating.

Issue ratings are assigned to secured and unsecured debt securities, loans, preferred stock and other instruments, Structured finance ratings are issue ratings to securities backed by receivables or other financial assets that consider the obligations’ relative vulnerability to default.

 

A-10


Credit ratings are indications of the likelihood of repayment in accordance with the terms of the issuance. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations (i.e., rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation). Please see the section Specific Limitations Relating to Credit Rating Scales for details.

Fitch also publishes other ratings, scores and opinions. For example, Fitch provides specialized ratings of servicers of residential and commercial mortgages, asset managers and funds. In each case, users should refer to the definitions of each individual scale for guidance on the dimensions of risk covered in each assessment.

Fitch’s credit rating scale for issuers and issues is expressed using the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade) with an additional +/-for AA through CCC levels indicating relative differences of probability of default or recovery for issues. The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” are market conventions and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment-grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories signal either a higher level of credit risk or that a default already occurred.

Fitch may also disclose issues relating to a rated issuer that are not and have not been rated. Such issues are also denoted as ‘NR’ on its webpage.

Credit ratings express risk in relative rank order, which is to say they are ordinal measures of credit risk and are not predictive of a specific frequency of default or loss. For information about the historical performance of ratings, please refer to Fitch’s Ratings Transition and Default Studies, which detail the historical default rates. The European Securities and Markets Authority also maintains a central repository of historical default rates.

Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. Credit ratings do not deal with the risk of market value loss due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and/or other market considerations. However, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay or refinance a financial commitment. Nonetheless, ratings do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, payments linked to performance of an equity index).

Fitch will use credit rating scales to provide ratings to privately issued obligations or certain note issuance programs, or for private ratings using the same public scale and criteria. Private ratings are not published, and are only provided to the issuer or its agents in the form of a rating letter.

The primary credit rating scales may also be used to provide ratings for a narrower scope, including interest strips and return of principal, or in other forms of opinions, such as Credit Opinions or Rating Assessment Services.

Credit Opinions are either a notch- or category-specific view using the primary rating scale and omit one or more characteristics of a full rating or meet them to a different standard. Credit Opinions will be indicated using a lowercase letter symbol combined with either an ‘*’ (e.g. ‘bbb+*’) or (cat) suffix to denote the opinion status. Credit Opinions will be typically point-in-time but may be monitored if the analytical group believes information will be sufficiently available.

Rating Assessment Services are a notch-specific view using the primary rating scale of how an existing or potential rating may be changed by a given set of hypothetical circumstances. While Credit Opinions and Rating Assessment Services are point-in-time and are not monitored, they may have a directional Watch or Outlook assigned, which can signify the trajectory of the credit profile.

Ratings assigned by Fitch are opinions based on established, approved and published criteria. A variation to criteria may be applied but will be explicitly cited in our rating action commentaries (RACs), which are used to publish credit ratings when established and upon annual or periodic reviews.

Ratings are the collective work product of Fitch, and no individual, or group of individuals, is solely responsible for a rating. Ratings are not facts and, therefore, cannot be described as being “accurate” or “inaccurate.” Users should refer to the definition of each individual rating for guidance on the dimensions of risk covered by the rating.

 

A-11


Issuer Default Ratings

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned IDRs. IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

AAA: Highest Credit Quality.

‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very High Credit Quality.

‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High Credit Quality.

‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good Credit Quality.

‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

BB: Speculative.

‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.

B: Highly Speculative.

‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.

CCC: Substantial Credit Risk.

Very low margin for safety. Default is a real possibility.

 

A-12


CC: Very High Levels of Credit Risk.

Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Near Default.

A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:

 

   

The issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

 

   

The issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;

 

   

The formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange;

 

   

A closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent

RD:

Restricted Default.

‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:

 

   

An uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but

 

   

Has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and

 

   

Has not otherwise ceased operating. This would include:

 

   

The selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

   

The uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

 

   

The extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D: Default.

‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.

 

A-13


In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Specific Limitations Relevant to Ratings Assigned Using the Primary Credit Rating Scale, Financial Institution Viability Ratings and Support Ratings

The following specific limitations relate to issuer default scales, ratings assigned to corporate finance obligations, ratings assigned to public finance obligations, ratings assigned to structured finance transactions, ratings assigned to global infrastructure and project finance transactions, ratings assigned for banks and non-bank financial institutions (Viability Ratings, and Support Ratings, Support Floors, Government Supporting Ratings, Shareholder Supporting Ratings), derivative counterparty ratings and insurer financial strength ratings:

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood or failure likelihood over any given time period.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of an issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of an issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer (or an obligation with respect to structured finance transactions) default, except in the following cases:

 

   

Ratings assigned to individual obligations of issuers in corporate finance, banks, non-bank financial institutions, insurance and covered bonds.

 

   

In limited circumstances for U.S. public finance obligations where Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code provides reliably superior prospects for ultimate recovery to local government obligations that benefit from a statutory lien on revenues or during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding under the Code if there is sufficient visibility on potential recovery prospects.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default or in the case of Viability Ratings on its relative vulnerability to failure. For the avoidance of doubt, not all defaults will be considered a default for rating purposes. Typically, a default relates to a liability payable to an unaffiliated, outside investor.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of an issuer and/or of each rated tranche or security.

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of extraordinary support likelihood over any given period.

 

   

In the case of Financial Institution Support Ratings and Support Rating Floors, the ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative likelihood of receiving external extraordinary support.

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of any security for investment or any other purposes.

 

A-14


Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers and Obligations

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention (a long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity). Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest Short-Term Credit Quality.

Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good Short-Term Credit Quality.

Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair Short-Term Credit Quality.

The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative Short-Term Credit Quality.

Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High Short-Term Default Risk.

Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted Default.

Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D

Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Rating Actions and Reviews

Assignment (New Rating)*:

A rating has been assigned to a previously unrated issuer or issue.

Publication (Publish)*:

Initial public announcement of a rating on the agency’s website, although not necessarily the first rating assigned. This action denotes when a previously private rating is published. In cases where the publication coincides with a rating change, Fitch will only publish the changed rating. The rating history during the time when the rating was private will not be published.

Affirmations*:

The rating has been reviewed with no change in rating through this action. Ratings affirmations may also include an affirmation of, or change to, an Outlook when an Outlook is used.

Upgrade*:

The rating has been raised in the scale.

Downgrade*:

The rating has been lowered in the scale.

 

A-15


Reviewed- No Action*:

The rating has been reviewed by a credit rating committee with no change in rating or Outlook. As of the review date, the credit rating committee determined that nothing had sufficiently changed to warrant a new rating action. Such review will be published on the agency’s website, but a RAC will not be issued.

Matured*/Paid-In-Full:

 

   

‘Matured’ – Denoted as ‘NR’. This action is used when an issue has reached its redemption date and rating coverage is discontinued. This indicates that a previously rated issue has been repaid, but other issues of the same program (rated or unrated) may remain outstanding. For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer or transaction that are not and have not been rated on its section of the web page relating to the respective issuer or transaction. Such issues will also be denoted ‘NR’.

 

   

‘Paid-In-Full’ – Denoted as ‘PIF’. This action indicates that an issue has been paid in full. In covered bonds, PIF is only used when all issues of a program have been repaid.

Pre-refunded*:

Assigned to certain long-term U.S. public finance issues after Fitch assesses refunding escrow.

Withdrawn*:

The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch. Withdrawals may occur for one or several of the following reasons:

 

   

Incorrect or insufficient information.

 

   

Bankruptcy of the rated entity, debt restructuring or default.

 

   

Reorganization of rated entity (e.g. merger or acquisition of rated entity or rated entity no longer exists).

 

   

The debt instrument was taken private.

 

   

Withdrawal of a guarantor rating.

 

   

An Expected Rating that is no longer expected to convert to a Final Rating.

 

   

Criteria or policy change.

 

   

Bonds were pre-refunded, repaid early (off schedule), or canceled. This includes cases where the issuer has no debt outstanding and is no longer issuing debt.

 

   

Ratings are no longer considered relevant to the agency’s coverage.

 

   

Commercial reasons.

 

   

Other reasons.

When a public rating is withdrawn, Fitch will issue a RAC that details the current rating and Outlook or Watch status (if applicable), a statement that the rating is withdrawn and the reason for the withdrawal.

Withdrawals cannot be used to forestall a rating action. Every effort is therefore made to ensure that the rating opinion upon withdrawal reflects an updated view. Where significant elements of uncertainty remain (for example, a rating for an entity subject to a takeover bid) or where information is otherwise insufficient to support a revised opinion, the agency attempts when possible to indicate in the withdrawal disclosure the likely direction and scale of any rating movement had coverage been maintained.

Ratings that have been withdrawn will be indicated by the symbol ‘WD’.

Rating Modifier Actions

Modifiers include Rating Outlooks and Rating Watches.

 

A-16


Outlook Revision:

Outlook revisions (e.g. to Rating Outlook Stable from Rating Outlook Positive) are used to indicate changes in the ratings trend. In structured finance transactions, the Outlook may be revised independently of a full review of the underlying rating.

An Outlook revision may also be used when a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Rating Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.

A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified that could lead to a change in ratings, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over a one-to two-year period.

Rating Watch On*:

The issue or issuer has been placed on active Rating Watch status.

Rating Watch Maintained*:

The issue or issuer has been reviewed and remains on active Rating Watch status.

Rating Watch Revision*:

Rating Watch status has changed.

Support Floor Rating Revision:

Applicable only to Support Ratings related to financial institutions, which are amended only with this action.

Under Review:

Applicable to ratings that may undergo a change in scale not related to changes in fundamental credit quality. Final action will be “Revision Rating.”

 

*

A Rating Action or Review must be recorded for each rating in a required cycle to be considered compliant with Fitch policy concerning aging of ratings. Not all Rating Actions, Data Actions, or changes in rating modifiers, meet this requirement. Actions or Reviews that meet this requirement are noted with an * in the definitions.

 

A-17